Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels)
CQ Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels)
Opleiding
What can you find on this webpage?
Our (future) students can find the official study programme and other useful info here.
You can find information about admission requirements, further studies and more practical info such as ECTS sheets, or a weekly timetable of the current academic year.
Are you a future student?
Be sure to first take a look at the page about the Bachelor of Business Administration.
There you can find more info on:
- What’s the programme about?
- Starting profile
- Admission and application
- Future possibilities
- Why KU Leuven
- Contact
- ...
Toelatingsvoorwaarden
Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels)onderwijsaanbod.kuleuven.be/2024/opleidingen/e/SC_53266472.htm#activetab=voorwaardenBachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (outgoing) (Brussels et al)onderwijsaanbod.kuleuven.be/2024/opleidingen/e/SC_54069292.htm#activetab=voorwaardenBachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (incoming) (Brussels et al)onderwijsaanbod.kuleuven.be/2024/opleidingen/e/SC_54128120.htm#activetab=voorwaardenBachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al)onderwijsaanbod.kuleuven.be/2024/opleidingen/e/SC_57410233.htm#activetab=voorwaardenBachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (incoming) (Brussels et al)onderwijsaanbod.kuleuven.be/2024/opleidingen/e/SC_57410235.htm#activetab=voorwaardenDoelstellingen
The programme Bachelor of Business Administration expects students to acquire certain knowledge, skills and attitudes and therefore formulates the following programme-specific learning outcomes:The graduate bachelor:
- Has acquired thorough knowledge in business studies and developed a great business sensitivity which he is able to use in a targeted way when analysing and solving organisational and management problems.
- Has knowledge and understanding of the different domains of business management and the coherence between them.
- Has knowledge of and understands the theories and models of economic sciences and uses them to analyze organisational and management problems, also in an international context.
- Has a broad knowledge and understanding of related social sciences and can use this efficiently in the analysis of organisational and management problems and in evaluating the impact of these problems on society.
- Has knowledge and insight into the supporting sciences (mathematics, statistics ...) and their applications. In particular, the student is able to use quantitative models to analyse and solve organisational and management problems in a defined context.
- Can formulate (under supervision) a research question related to organisational and management-related topics and use appropriate research methods critically to solve a problem.
- Is able to do a targeted search for scientific information, evaluate and process it and can report and refer to it correctly.
- Displays an inquisitive attitude: accuracy, critical reflection, scientific curiousness, justification of choices made.
- Is able to function as a team member in various roles.
- Is able to communicate correctly, fluently and clearly in writing and orally in the language of instruction of the program and additionally in two other languages if the language of instruction is not English.
- Displays management skills and entrepreneurship, focusing on operational problem solving.
- Recognises the social and ethical aspects of management and can reflect critically on them.
- Has insight into his or her own competencies and motives, takes a pro-active attitude towards his or her own development and can reflect critically on their own behaviour.
The Faculty of Economics and Business Administration encourages and pursues developmental aspects in all its courses in the field of:
Professional skills and employability
- The student develops a professional attitude as well as professional and academic skills that enable him/her to deliver a meaningful contribution to society.
- The student actively searches for settings to broaden and/or deepen his/her competences in accordance with his/her disciplinary future self.
- The student acknowledges the importance of continuing education and shows willingness to participate in lifelong learning.
Ethics, responsibility and sustainability
- In his/her thinking and acting the student shows attention for the environment, man, and society and develops a critical attitude towards these topics.
- The student adopts an ethical approach when solving problems in a business context.
International orientation
- The student pays attention to international and intercultural dimensions of business and policy.
- The student acknowledges the added value of an international context for their own environment and the society in general.
Entrepreneurship and innovation
- The student develops a proactive stance and entrepreneurial attitude, characterised by creativity and a sense of innovation.
When, within a programme, a developmental objective also constitutes a learning outcome, this is also mentioned within the objectives of the programme or the course and becomes binding.
Loopbaan
Contact
Educational quality of the study programme
Here you can find an overview of the results of the COBRA internal quality assurance method.Educational quality at study programme level
BlueprintBlueprint BA MA Handelswetenschappen Business Administration.pdf
COBRA 2019-2023
COBRA report_BA_Business Administration.pdf
Educational quality at university level
- Consult the documents on educational quality available at university level.
More information?
- More information on the educational quality at KU Leuven
- More information on the available documents
SC Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels)
programma
Additional guidance is available for certain courses: extra contact hours for Mathematics and/or Statistics, guidance by a professor and/or study counsellor, trial exams, ...
Students with an individualised study route follow the road map for composing their ISP. In step 3, they take into account the designated order in which the course units are included throughout the bachelor's programme (continuity schedule) and the guidelines for students who have to retake course units in the case of programme changes (transitional provisions).
Compulsory
Students are required to take all of the courses mentioned below.
Certain courses can be followed by a language immersion track.
Attention:- Management Project 2 can only be taken by students who have reached the first milestone.
- Language Choice 1 will no longer be offered as from 2024-2025 onwards. Only students who need to retake the first or take/retake the second language course (not English), take up the language course they need under the "Languages and Management" module. Students who still need to take the third language course, take it up under "Languages". Students who have not yet started in the first compulsory language, immediately take up the new course 'Data and Programming Skills'. Students who no longer want to remain in the compulsory first language choice need to contact the study career consultants.
Mathematics for Business A (3 sp.) HBA41C A.Maes (coördinator) Mathematics for Business A (3 sp.) 52u. HBA41c Maes, Boeckx (medewerker), Egholm (medewerker), Ramos González (medewerker), Vancraeynest (medewerker) English 1 (3 sp.) HBA16A M.Hulselmans (coördinator) English 1 (3 sp.) 26u. HBA16a Hulselmans, Roelans, Goossens (medewerker), Hendrickx (medewerker), Pierseaux (medewerker) Financial Institutions and Markets (6 sp.) HBA02C A.Praet (coördinator) Financial Institutions and Markets (6 sp.) 52u. HBA02c Paepen, Praet, Creemers (medewerker), van Hemert (medewerker) Management (6 sp.) HBA03C A.Van Rossem (coördinator) Management (6 sp.) 52u. HBA03c Van Rossem, Wijen Research Methods 1 (3 sp.) HBA05C K.Goeman (coördinator) Research Methods 1 (3 sp.) 26u. HBA05c Goeman Financial Accounting A (3 sp.) HBA39C S.Vergauwe (coördinator) Financial Accounting A (3 sp.) 38u. HBA39c De Groote, Ghijselinck, Vergauwe Microeconomics for Business (6 sp.) HBA07H N.Rogge (coördinator) Microeconomics for Business (6 sp.) 38u. HBA07h Berlinschi, De Ridder, Rogge Philosophy (3 sp.) HBA52A I.Verhoeven (coördinator) Philosophy (3 sp.) 26u. HBA52a Corner, Verhoeven Mathematics for Business B (3 sp.) HBA42C A.Maes (coördinator) Mathematics for Business B (3 sp.) 52u. HBA42c Maes, Boeckx (medewerker), Egholm (medewerker), Ramos González (medewerker), Vancraeynest (medewerker) English 2 (3 sp.) HBA54C M.Hulselmans (coördinator) English 2 (3 sp.) 26u. HBa54c Hulselmans, Roelans, Hendrickx (medewerker), Pierseaux (medewerker) Introduction to Law (6 sp.) HBA08C Introduction to Law (6 sp.) 52u. HBA08c Keirsbilck, Drechsler (plaatsvervanger) Financial Accounting B (3 sp.) HBA40C S.Vergauwe (coördinator) Financial Accounting B (3 sp.) 38u. HBA40c De Groote, Dongo, Ghijselinck Psychology (6 sp.) HBA08H F.Germeys (coördinator) Psychology (6 sp.) 52u. HBA08h Germeys Descriptive Statistics and Probability for Business (6 sp.) HBA09H G.Dierckx (coördinator) Descriptive Statistics and Probability for Business (6 sp.) 52u. HBA09h Dierckx, N., Hendrickx (plaatsvervanger), Boeckx (medewerker), Egholm (medewerker), Ramos González (medewerker) Statistics for Business 2 (3 sp.) HBA69A S.Van Gulck (coördinator) Statistics for Business 2 (3 sp.) 42u. HBA69a Goemans, Van Gulck, Egholm (medewerker) Personnel and Organization (6 sp.) HBA11C R.Caers (coördinator) Personnel and Organization (6 sp.) 52u. HBA11c Caers, Kanwal (plaatsvervanger) Marketing (6 sp.) HBA12C I.Roozen (coördinator) Marketing (6 sp.) 52u. HBA12c Roozen, Fairchild (plaatsvervanger) Research Methods 2 (3 sp.) HBA14C P.Teirlinck (coördinator) Research Methods 2 (3 sp.) 26u. HBA14c Teirlinck, Fairchild (plaatsvervanger) Operational Management (3 sp.) HBA19C H.Vermuyten (coördinator) Operational Management (3 sp.) 26u. HBA19c De Boeck, Vermuyten (plaatsvervanger) Financial Statement Analysis (6 sp.) HBA10H A.Liss (coördinator) Financial Statement Analysis (3 sp.) 21u. HBA10h Liss Advanced Accounting and Valuation Topics (3 sp.) 18u. HBA10b Liss Economic Sociology (3 sp.) HBA15A S.Adriaenssens (coördinator) Economic Sociology (3 sp.) 26u. HBA15a Adriaenssens, Soare (plaatsvervanger) Strategic Management (3 sp.) HBA10C A.Van Rossem (coördinator) Strategic Management (3 sp.) 26u. HBA10c Van Rossem Macro-economics and Economic Policy (6 sp.) HBA16C T.Verbeke (coördinator) Macro-economics and Economic Policy (6 sp.) 52u. HBA16c Verbeke Introduction to Methods in Operational Research (3 sp.) HBA15C D.De Bock (coördinator) Introduction to Methods in Operational Research (3 sp.) 42u. HBA15c N., De Bock (plaatsvervanger) Data and Programming Skills (6 sp.) HBA12H T.Verbeke (coördinator) Data and Programming Skills (6 sp.) 0u. HBA12h Verbeke Management Project 2 (6 sp.) HBA11H D.De Vos (coördinator) Management Project 2 (6 sp.) 26u. HBA11h Reheul Entrepreneurship and Business Planning (3 sp.) HBA20C G.Van Den Eede (coördinator) Entrepreneurship and Business Planning (3 sp.) 26u. HBA20c Van Den Eede International Business (3 sp.) HBA01H A.Sels (coördinator) International Business (3 sp.) 26u. HBA01h Sels European Institutions (3 sp.) HBA02H A.Pauwels (coördinator) European Institutions (3 sp.) 26u. HBA02h Pauwels Corporate Finance (6 sp.) HBA18C A.Praet (coördinator) Corporate Finance (6 sp.) 52u. HBA18c Praet, van Hemert (medewerker) International Economics (3 sp.) HBA83B K.De Bruyne (coördinator) International Economics (3 sp.) 26u. HBA83b De Bruyne, Saerens (medewerker) Management Accounting (3 sp.) HBA17C A.Hoppe (coördinator) Management Accounting (3 sp.) 26u. HBA17c Hoppe Principles of Taxation (3 sp.) HBA21C F.Debelva (coördinator) Principles of Taxation (3 sp.) 26u. HBA21c Debelva ICT Management (6 sp.) HBA22C E.Serral Asensio (coördinator) ICT Management (6 sp.) 52u. HBA22c Serral Asensio Economics and Ethics (3 sp.) HBA28C F.Depoortere (coördinator) Economics and Ethics (3 sp.) 26u. HBA28c Depoortere Research Methods 3 (6 sp.) HBA27C M.Meulders (coördinator) Statistical Modelling (4 sp.) 39u. HBA27c Meulders Quantitative Research Project (2 sp.) 13u. HBA86b Meulders Languages
Please select the language that you would like to follow.
The 3 credits Short Mobility Economics and Business course, which is followed in the form of a summer school, can replace the following courses:- - German 3, Spanish 3, French 3: the attended summer school programme is taught in the language that the student wishes to replace or is a language course that has B2 as the learning outcome (according to the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages).
- - Dutch 3: the attended summer school programme is taught in the language that the student wishes to replace or is a language course that has A2 as the learning outcome (according to the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages).
- - French advanced 3, Dutch advanced 3: the attended summer school programme is taught in the language that the student wishes to replace or is a language course that has C1 as the learning outcome (according to the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages).
Language choice: French
- - French 3.: No prior knowledge is required. Students who have obtained a Flemish secondary school diploma are excluded from this course. Students with a secondary school diploma other than a Flemish one but who have an intermediate level of French are not allowed to follow this course either.
- - French 3 (advanced): Prior knowledge is required. Only students who are independent users of French may register for this course.
French 3 (3 sp.) HBA34C M.Baetens (coördinator) French 3 (3 sp.) 52u. HBA34c Baetens, Cornelus (medewerker) French 3 (advanced) (3 sp.) HBA35C J.Hengels (coördinator) French 3 (advanced) (3 sp.) 26u. HBA35c Hengels
Language choice: German
German 3 (3 sp.) HBA33A J.Roelans (coördinator) German 3 (3 sp.) 26u. HBA33a Roelans
Language choice: Dutch
Dutch 3: No prior knowledge is required. Students who have obtained a Flemish secondary school diploma are excluded from this course. Students with a secondary school diploma other than a Flemish one but who have an intermediate level of Dutch are not allowed to follow this course either.Dutch 3 (3 sp.) HBA13A I.Verhoeven (coördinator) Dutch 3 (3 sp.) 26u. HBA13a Verhoeven Dutch 3 (advanced) (3 sp.) HBA47C I.Verhoeven (coördinator) Dutch 3 (advanced) (3 sp.) 26u. HBA47c Verhoeven
Language choice: Spanish
Spanish 3 (3 sp.) HBA67A F.Vanoverberghe (coördinator) Spanish 3 (3 sp.) 26u. HBA67a Snauwaert, Vanoverberghe (plaatsvervanger)
Language choice: Short Mobility Economics and Business
Students who want to include a summer school and/or an internship project in their programme select one of the following courses as appropriate with a maximum of one course per group and a maximum of 9 credits in the bachelor programme.
- A summer school: ‘Short Mobility Economics and Business (bachelor)’ (D0S32A)(D0E54A)
Note: These elective courses can only be included in the ISP after prior approval. The application procedure can be consulted in the course description.Short Mobility Economics and Business (Bachelor) (3 sp.) D0E54A Short Mobility Economics and Business (Bachelor) (3 sp.) 0u. D0E54a N., Geers (medewerker), Steijleman (medewerker) Short Mobility Economics and Business (Bachelor) (6 sp.) D0S32A Short Mobility Economics and Business (Bachelor) (6 sp.) 0u. D0S32a N., Geers (medewerker), Steijleman (medewerker)
Transition Measures
The courses below can only be taken by students who need to retake one of these courses.Corporate Law and Accounting (3 sp.) HBA08A A.Liss (coördinator) Corporate Law and Accounting (3 sp.) 39u. HBA08a Liss Management Project 1 (6 sp.) HBA04C P.Vanmol (coördinator) Management Project 1 (6 sp.) 26u. HBA04c De Moor, Verhoeven, N., Vanmol (plaatsvervanger), Boerboom (medewerker), Colebunders (medewerker), Van Winkel (medewerker), van Stee (medewerker) Financial Statement Analysis (3 sp.) HBA09C A.Liss (coördinator) Financial Statement Analysis (3 sp.) 26u. HBA09c Liss Managerial Economics A (3 sp.) HBA43C N.Rogge (coördinator) Managerial Economics A (3 sp.) 38u. HBA43c Berlinschi, De Ridder, Rogge Managerial Economics B (3 sp.) HBA44C N.Rogge (coördinator) Managerial Economics B (3 sp.) 38u. HBA44c Berlinschi, De Ridder, Rogge Psychology (3 sp.) HBA59A F.Germeys (coördinator) Psychology (3 sp.) 26u. HBA59a Germeys Statistics for Business 1 (3 sp.) HBA68A G.Dierckx (coördinator) Statistics for Business 1 (3 sp.) 52u. HBA68a Dierckx, N., Hendrickx (plaatsvervanger), Boeckx (medewerker), Egholm (medewerker), Ramos González (medewerker)
Bachelor's Thesis
The Bachelor's Thesis (i.e. Business Project and Career Development) can only be registered for if the students graduate. Both courses should be taken up at the same time. Only English, Economics and Ethics or courses from the elective tracks Language choice 1, Languages and Management and European Studies can be postponed with a maximum of 6 credits.Business Project (6 sp.) HBA36C K.Pattyn (coördinator) Business Project (6 sp.) 0u. HBA36c Pattyn, N. Career Development (3 sp.) HBA37C D.Arijs (coördinator) Career Development (3 sp.) 26u. HBA37c Arijs, Claeys, Hulselmans, Van Nuffel, Van Winkel (medewerker)
Elective Modules
Students choose one elective module and take up 15 credits from the same module.Elective Module: Languages and Management
Students select one language of choice (9 credits) and choose 6 credits from the Management courses.Language choice
Please select the language that you would like to follow.
The 3 credits Short Mobility Economics and Business course, which is followed in the form of a summer school, can replace the following courses:- German 3, Spanish 3, French 3: the attended summer school programme is taught in the language that the student wishes to replace or is a language course that has B2 as the learning outcome (according to the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages).
- Dutch 3: the attended summer school programme is taught in the language that the student wishes to replace or is a language course that has A2 as the learning outcome (according to the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages).
- French advanced 3, Dutch advanced 3: the attended summer school programme is taught in the language that the student wishes to replace or is a language course that has C1 as the learning outcome (according to the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages).
The 6 credits Short Mobility Economics and Business course, which is followed in the form of a summer school, can replace the following courses:- German 2 and German 3, Spanish 2 and Spanish 3, French 2 and French 3: the attended summer school programme is taught in the language that the student wishes to replace or is a language course that has B2 as the learning outcome (according to the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages).
- French advanced 2 and French advanced 3: the attended summer school programme is taught in the language that the student wishes to replace or is a language course that has C1 as the learning outcome (according to the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages).
Language choice: French
Please select successively:
- French 1, French 2 and French 3.
No prior knowledge is required. Students who have obtained a Flemish secondary school diploma are excluded from this course. Students with a secondary school diploma other than a Flemish one but who have an intermediate level of French are not allowed to follow this course either.
- French 1 (advanced), French 2 (advanced) and French 3 (advanced).
Prior knowledge is required. Only students who are independent users of French may register for this course.French 1 (3 sp.) HBA30C L.Loonbeek (coördinator) French 1 (3 sp.) 52u. HBH30c Loonbeek, Cornelus (medewerker), Hengels (medewerker) French 1 (advanced) (3 sp.) HBA31C J.Hengels (coördinator) French 1 (advanced) (3 sp.) 26u. HBA31c Hengels French 2 (3 sp.) HBA32C M.Baetens (coördinator) French 2 (3 sp.) 52u. HBA32c Baetens, Cornelus (medewerker), Hengels (medewerker) French 2 (advanced) (3 sp.) HBA33C J.Hengels (coördinator) French 2 (advanced) (3 sp.) 26u. HBA33c Hengels, Cornelus (medewerker) French 3 (3 sp.) HBA34C M.Baetens (coördinator) French 3 (3 sp.) 52u. HBA34c Baetens, Cornelus (medewerker) French 3 (advanced) (3 sp.) HBA35C J.Hengels (coördinator) French 3 (advanced) (3 sp.) 26u. HBA35c Hengels
Language choice: German
Please select successively German 1, German 2 and German 3.German 1 (3 sp.) HBA31A J.Roelans (coördinator) German 1 (3 sp.) 26u. HBA31a Roelans German 2 (3 sp.) HBA32A J.Roelans (coördinator) German 2 (3 sp.) 26u. HBA32a Roelans German 3 (3 sp.) HBA33A J.Roelans (coördinator) German 3 (3 sp.) 26u. HBA33a Roelans
Language choice: Dutch
Please select successively:
- Dutch 1, Dutch 2 and Dutch 3.
No prior knowledge is required. Students who have obtained a Flemish secondary school diploma are excluded from this course. Students with a secondary school diploma other than a Flemish one but who have an intermediate level of Dutch are not allowed to follow this course either.
- Dutch 1 (advanced), Dutch 2 (advanced) and Dutch 3 (advanced).
Prior knowledge is required. Only students who have obtained level B1 (according to the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages) may register for this course.Dutch 1 (3 sp.) HBA11A M.Hulselmans (coördinator) Dutch 1 (3 sp.) 26u. HBA11a Hulselmans Dutch 1 (advanced) (3 sp.) HBA45C I.Verhoeven (coördinator) Dutch 1 (advanced) (3 sp.) 26u. HBA45c Verhoeven Dutch 2 (3 sp.) HBA12A I.Verhoeven (coördinator) Dutch 2 (3 sp.) 26u. HBA12a Verhoeven Dutch 2 (advanced) (3 sp.) HBA46C I.Verhoeven (coördinator) Dutch 2 (advanced) (3 sp.) 26u. HBA46c Verhoeven Dutch 3 (3 sp.) HBA13A I.Verhoeven (coördinator) Dutch 3 (3 sp.) 26u. HBA13a Verhoeven Dutch 3 (advanced) (3 sp.) HBA47C I.Verhoeven (coördinator) Dutch 3 (advanced) (3 sp.) 26u. HBA47c Verhoeven
Language choice: Spanish
Please select successively Spanish 1, Spanish 2 and Spanish 3.Spanish 1 (3 sp.) HBA65A F.Vanoverberghe (coördinator) Spanish 1 (3 sp.) 26u. HBA65a Snauwaert, Vanoverberghe (plaatsvervanger) Spanish 2 (3 sp.) HBA66A F.Vanoverberghe (coördinator) Spanish 2 (3 sp.) 26u. HBA66a Snauwaert, Vanoverberghe (plaatsvervanger) Spanish 3 (3 sp.) HBA67A F.Vanoverberghe (coördinator) Spanish 3 (3 sp.) 26u. HBA67a Snauwaert, Vanoverberghe (plaatsvervanger)
Language choice: Short Mobility Economics and Business
Students who want to include a summer school and/or an internship project in their programme select one of the following courses as appropriate with a maximum of one course per group and a maximum of 9 credits in the bachelor programme.
- - A summer school: ‘Short Mobility Economics and Business (bachelor)’ (D0S32A)(D0E54A)
Note: These elective courses can only be included in the ISP after prior approval. The application procedure can be consulted in the course description.
Short Mobility Economics and Business (Bachelor) (3 sp.) D0E54A Short Mobility Economics and Business (Bachelor) (3 sp.) 0u. D0E54a N., Geers (medewerker), Steijleman (medewerker) Short Mobility Economics and Business (Bachelor) (6 sp.) D0S32A Short Mobility Economics and Business (Bachelor) (6 sp.) 0u. D0S32a N., Geers (medewerker), Steijleman (medewerker)
Management
Students choose 6 credits. They can choose out of the list below, or can choose 3 ECTS courses (in English) offered in a bachelor's programme at KU Leuven Campus Brussels. Please always carefully check the prior knowledge required in the ECTS file.
The number of participants for the course 'Business Plan' and 'Service Learning and Social Entrepreneurship' is limited. Due to this limited number a selection is organized at the start of the first semester. Once the selection is done, Student Administration will adapt your individual study programme. You can find more information in the ECTS-sheet.
The 3 credits Short Mobility Economics and Business course, which is followed in the form of a summer school, can replace the following courses:
Project Management (HBA23C) or Management Game (HBA38C): the content of the summer school (taught in Dutch, English, German, Spanish or French) attended is complementary to the Business Administration programme.
The 6 credits Short Mobility Economics and Business course, which is followed in the form of a summer school, can replace two of the following courses:
Project Management (HBA23C) or Business Plan (HBA13H) or Management Game (HBA38C): the content of the summer school (taught in Dutch, English, German, Spanish or French) attended is complementary to the Business Administration programme.Project Management (3 sp.) HBA23C P.Teirlinck (coördinator) Project Management (3 sp.) 26u. HBA23c Teirlinck, Vromans (plaatsvervanger) Management Game (3 sp.) HBA38C A.Van Nuffel (coördinator) Management Game (3 sp.) 26u. HBA38c De Groote, Van Nuffel Business Plan (6 sp.) HBA13H I.Claes (coördinator) Business Plan (6 sp.) 18u. HBA13h Claes Service Learning and Social Entrepreneurship (6 sp.) HBA14H I.Molderez (coördinator) Service Learning and Social Entrepreneurship (6 sp.) 38u. HBA14h Molderez Elective: Short Mobility Economics and Business and Internship Project
Students who want to include a summer school and/or an internship project in their programme select one or more of the following courses as appropriate with a maximum of one course per group and a maximum of 9 credits in the bachelor programme.
- - A summer school: ‘Short Mobility Economics and Business (bachelor)’ (D0S32A) (D0E54A)
- - An internship: Internship project (D0E59A), Internship project (D0E60A)
Note: These elective courses can only be included in the ISP after prior approval. The application procedure can be consulted in the course description.
Internship Project (bachelor) (3 sp.) D0E59A Internship Project (bachelor) (3 sp.) 0u. D0E59a N., Hoofdt (medewerker) Short Mobility Economics and Business (Bachelor) (3 sp.) D0E54A Short Mobility Economics and Business (Bachelor) (3 sp.) 0u. D0E54a N., Geers (medewerker), Steijleman (medewerker) Internship Project (bachelor) (3 sp.) D0E60A Internship Project (bachelor) (3 sp.) 0u. D0E60a N., Hoofdt (medewerker) Short Mobility Economics and Business (Bachelor) (6 sp.) D0S32A Short Mobility Economics and Business (Bachelor) (6 sp.) 0u. D0S32a N., Geers (medewerker), Steijleman (medewerker)
Elective Module: European Studies
Students are required to take all of the courses mentioned below.
The 3 credits Short Mobility Economics and Business course (which is followed in the form of a summer school) or the 3 credits Internship Project, can replace the following course ‘Economics of Monetary Integration’: the content of the summer school/Internship Project (taught in Dutch, English, German, Spanish or French) attended is complementary to the European Studies Elective Module.
The content of the summer school is complementary to the European studies Elective Module. The Internship Project is either with an organization, body or institution whose primary activities are related to the EU or involves work with a direct link to the EU or its policies.
The 6 credits Short Mobility Economics and Business course, which is followed in the form of a summer school, can replace the following courses:’The Origins and Development of European Integration’ or ‘Economics of the Single Market’: the content of the summer school (taught in Dutch, English, German, Spanish or French) attended is complementary to the European Studies Elective Module.
The Origins and Development of European Integration (6 sp.) HBA48C Y.Segers (coördinator) The Origins and Development of European Integration (6 sp.) 52u. HBA48c Segers Economics of Monetary Integration (3 sp.) HBA50C M.Maes (coördinator) Economics of Monetary Integration (3 sp.) 26u. HBA50c Maes Economics of the Single Market (6 sp.) HBA49C E.Poelmans (coördinator) Econonomics of the Single Market (6 sp.) 52u. HBA49c Poelmans Elective: Short Mobility Economics and Business and Internship Project
Students who want to include a summer school or internship in their programme select one or more of the following courses as appropriate with a maximum of 9 credits in the bachelor programme.
- - A summer school: ‘Short Mobility Economics and Business (bachelor)’ (D0S32A) (D0E54A)
- - An internship: Internship Project (D0E59A), Internship Project (D0E60A)
Note: These elective courses can only be included in the ISP after prior approval. The application procedure can be consulted in the course description.
Short Mobility Economics and Business (Bachelor) (3 sp.) D0E54A Short Mobility Economics and Business (Bachelor) (3 sp.) 0u. D0E54a N., Geers (medewerker), Steijleman (medewerker) Short Mobility Economics and Business (Bachelor) (6 sp.) D0S32A Short Mobility Economics and Business (Bachelor) (6 sp.) 0u. D0S32a N., Geers (medewerker), Steijleman (medewerker) Internship Project (bachelor) (3 sp.) D0E59A Internship Project (bachelor) (3 sp.) 0u. D0E59a N., Hoofdt (medewerker) Internship Project (bachelor) (3 sp.) D0E60A Internship Project (bachelor) (3 sp.) 0u. D0E60a N., Hoofdt (medewerker)
Option: Language immersion track French: Université Saint-Louis
Students can follow the 'Marketing'(HBA12C) and 'Personnel and Organization'(HBA11C) courses at an institution where English is not a language of instruction. To that end, KU Leuven Brussels Campus collaborates with Université Saint-Louis, which is at walking distance. Students can only choose the courses at Université Saint-Louis provided they have obtained at least 48 credits from the bachelor.
Please note that classes at Université Saint-Louis start one week earlier.
For further information, contact the Student Administration Department via FEBadvisor, preferably before 9 september.
Students are required to take all of the courses mentioned below.Marketing (USL) (6 sp.) HBH86E T.Verbeke (coördinator) Marketing (USL) (5 sp.) 0u. HBH86e N. Marketing 2 (1 sp.) 0u. HBH86a N., Verbeke (plaatsvervanger) Management humain (USL) (6 sp.) HBH85E T.Verbeke (coördinator) Management humain (USL) (5 sp.) 0u. HBH85e N. Management humain 2 (1 sp.) 0u. HBH85a N., Verbeke (plaatsvervanger)
SC Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (outgoing) (Brussels et al)
programma
The Faculty of Economics and Business offers a double degree programme with the KEDGE Business School.
Degrees awarded:
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration - KU Leuven, Belgium
International Bachelor of Business Administration - Groupe KEDGE Business School, Marseille, France
The degrees can only be obtained after completing successfully the two programmes.
KU Leuven
Compulsory
Students are required to take all of the courses mentioned below.English 1 (3 sp.) HBA16A M.Hulselmans (coördinator) English 1 (3 sp.) 26u. HBA16a Hulselmans, Roelans, Goossens (medewerker), Hendrickx (medewerker), Pierseaux (medewerker) Financial Institutions and Markets (6 sp.) HBA02C A.Praet (coördinator) Financial Institutions and Markets (6 sp.) 52u. HBA02c Paepen, Praet, Creemers (medewerker), van Hemert (medewerker) Management (6 sp.) HBA03C A.Van Rossem (coördinator) Management (6 sp.) 52u. HBA03c Van Rossem, Wijen Research Methods 1 (3 sp.) HBA05C K.Goeman (coördinator) Research Methods 1 (3 sp.) 26u. HBA05c Goeman Financial Accounting A (3 sp.) HBA39C S.Vergauwe (coördinator) Financial Accounting A (3 sp.) 38u. HBA39c De Groote, Ghijselinck, Vergauwe Mathematics for Business A (3 sp.) HBA41C A.Maes (coördinator) Mathematics for Business A (3 sp.) 52u. HBA41c Maes, Boeckx (medewerker), Egholm (medewerker), Ramos González (medewerker), Vancraeynest (medewerker) Microeconomics for Business (6 sp.) HBA07H N.Rogge (coördinator) Microeconomics for Business (6 sp.) 38u. HBA07h Berlinschi, De Ridder, Rogge Philosophy (3 sp.) HBA52A I.Verhoeven (coördinator) Philosophy (3 sp.) 26u. HBA52a Corner, Verhoeven Introduction to Law (6 sp.) HBA08C Introduction to Law (6 sp.) 52u. HBA08c Keirsbilck, Drechsler (plaatsvervanger) Financial Accounting B (3 sp.) HBA40C S.Vergauwe (coördinator) Financial Accounting B (3 sp.) 38u. HBA40c De Groote, Dongo, Ghijselinck Mathematics for Business B (3 sp.) HBA42C A.Maes (coördinator) Mathematics for Business B (3 sp.) 52u. HBA42c Maes, Boeckx (medewerker), Egholm (medewerker), Ramos González (medewerker), Vancraeynest (medewerker) English 2 (3 sp.) HBA54C M.Hulselmans (coördinator) English 2 (3 sp.) 26u. HBa54c Hulselmans, Roelans, Hendrickx (medewerker), Pierseaux (medewerker) Psychology (6 sp.) HBA08H F.Germeys (coördinator) Psychology (6 sp.) 52u. HBA08h Germeys Descriptive Statistics and Probability for Business (6 sp.) HBA09H G.Dierckx (coördinator) Descriptive Statistics and Probability for Business (6 sp.) 52u. HBA09h Dierckx, N., Hendrickx (plaatsvervanger), Boeckx (medewerker), Egholm (medewerker), Ramos González (medewerker) Statistics for Business 2 (3 sp.) HBA69A S.Van Gulck (coördinator) Statistics for Business 2 (3 sp.) 42u. HBA69a Goemans, Van Gulck, Egholm (medewerker) Research Methods 2 (3 sp.) HBA14C P.Teirlinck (coördinator) Research Methods 2 (3 sp.) 26u. HBA14c Teirlinck, Fairchild (plaatsvervanger) Personnel and Organization (6 sp.) HBA11C R.Caers (coördinator) Personnel and Organization (6 sp.) 52u. HBA11c Caers, Kanwal (plaatsvervanger) Marketing (6 sp.) HBA12C I.Roozen (coördinator) Marketing (6 sp.) 52u. HBA12c Roozen, Fairchild (plaatsvervanger) Operational Management (3 sp.) HBA19C H.Vermuyten (coördinator) Operational Management (3 sp.) 26u. HBA19c De Boeck, Vermuyten (plaatsvervanger) Financial Statement Analysis (6 sp.) HBA10H A.Liss (coördinator) Financial Statement Analysis (3 sp.) 21u. HBA10h Liss Advanced Accounting and Valuation Topics (3 sp.) 18u. HBA10b Liss Economic Sociology (3 sp.) HBA15A S.Adriaenssens (coördinator) Economic Sociology (3 sp.) 26u. HBA15a Adriaenssens, Soare (plaatsvervanger) Strategic Management (3 sp.) HBA10C A.Van Rossem (coördinator) Strategic Management (3 sp.) 26u. HBA10c Van Rossem Introduction to Methods in Operational Research (3 sp.) HBA15C D.De Bock (coördinator) Introduction to Methods in Operational Research (3 sp.) 42u. HBA15c N., De Bock (plaatsvervanger) Macro-economics and Economic Policy (6 sp.) HBA16C T.Verbeke (coördinator) Macro-economics and Economic Policy (6 sp.) 52u. HBA16c Verbeke Data and Programming Skills (6 sp.) HBA12H T.Verbeke (coördinator) Data and Programming Skills (6 sp.) 0u. HBA12h Verbeke Management Project 2 (6 sp.) HBA11H D.De Vos (coördinator) Management Project 2 (6 sp.) 26u. HBA11h Reheul Transition Provisions
The courses below can only be taken by students who need to retake one of these courses.Management Project 1 (6 sp.) HBA04C P.Vanmol (coördinator) Management Project 1 (6 sp.) 26u. HBA04c De Moor, Verhoeven, N., Vanmol (plaatsvervanger), Boerboom (medewerker), Colebunders (medewerker), Van Winkel (medewerker), van Stee (medewerker) Managerial Economics A (3 sp.) HBA43C N.Rogge (coördinator) Managerial Economics A (3 sp.) 38u. HBA43c Berlinschi, De Ridder, Rogge Managerial Economics B (3 sp.) HBA44C N.Rogge (coördinator) Managerial Economics B (3 sp.) 38u. HBA44c Berlinschi, De Ridder, Rogge Psychology (3 sp.) HBA59A F.Germeys (coördinator) Psychology (3 sp.) 26u. HBA59a Germeys Corporate Law and Accounting (3 sp.) HBA08A A.Liss (coördinator) Corporate Law and Accounting (3 sp.) 39u. HBA08a Liss Financial Statement Analysis (3 sp.) HBA09C A.Liss (coördinator) Financial Statement Analysis (3 sp.) 26u. HBA09c Liss
Elective: language choice
Please select one language.
The language of the secondary school diploma cannot be chosen.Language choice: French
Please select successively:
- French 1 and French 2.
No prior knowledge is required. Students who have obtained a Flemish secondary school diploma are excluded from this course. Students with a secondary school diploma other than an Flemish one but who have an intermediate level of French are not allowed to follow this course either.
- French 1 (advanced) and French 2 (advanced).
Prior knowledge is required. Only students who are independent users of French may register for this course.French 1 (3 sp.) HBA30C L.Loonbeek (coördinator) French 1 (3 sp.) 52u. HBH30c Loonbeek, Cornelus (medewerker), Hengels (medewerker) French 1 (advanced) (3 sp.) HBA31C J.Hengels (coördinator) French 1 (advanced) (3 sp.) 26u. HBA31c Hengels French 2 (3 sp.) HBA32C M.Baetens (coördinator) French 2 (3 sp.) 52u. HBA32c Baetens, Cornelus (medewerker), Hengels (medewerker) French 2 (advanced) (3 sp.) HBA33C J.Hengels (coördinator) French 2 (advanced) (3 sp.) 26u. HBA33c Hengels, Cornelus (medewerker)
Language choice: German
Please select successively German 1 and German 2.German 1 (3 sp.) HBA31A J.Roelans (coördinator) German 1 (3 sp.) 26u. HBA31a Roelans German 2 (3 sp.) HBA32A J.Roelans (coördinator) German 2 (3 sp.) 26u. HBA32a Roelans
Language choice: Dutch
Please select successively:
- Dutch 1 and Dutch 2.
No prior knowledge is required. Students who have obtained a Flemish secondary school diploma are excluded from this course. Students with a secondary school diploma other than a Flemish one but who have an intermediate level of Dutch are not allowed to follow this course either.
- Dutch 1 (advanced) and Dutch 2 (advanced).
Prior knowledge is required. Only students who have obtained level B1 (according to the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages) may register for this course.Dutch 1 (3 sp.) HBA11A M.Hulselmans (coördinator) Dutch 1 (3 sp.) 26u. HBA11a Hulselmans Dutch 1 (advanced) (3 sp.) HBA45C I.Verhoeven (coördinator) Dutch 1 (advanced) (3 sp.) 26u. HBA45c Verhoeven Dutch 2 (3 sp.) HBA12A I.Verhoeven (coördinator) Dutch 2 (3 sp.) 26u. HBA12a Verhoeven Dutch 2 (advanced) (3 sp.) HBA46C I.Verhoeven (coördinator) Dutch 2 (advanced) (3 sp.) 26u. HBA46c Verhoeven
Language choice: Spanish
Please select successively Spanish 1 and Spanish 2.Spanish 1 (3 sp.) HBA65A F.Vanoverberghe (coördinator) Spanish 1 (3 sp.) 26u. HBA65a Snauwaert, Vanoverberghe (plaatsvervanger) Spanish 2 (3 sp.) HBA66A F.Vanoverberghe (coördinator) Spanish 2 (3 sp.) 26u. HBA66a Snauwaert, Vanoverberghe (plaatsvervanger)
KEDGE Business School
Courses Kedge stage 3 first term (30 sp.) HBA22K Courses Kedge stage 3 first term (30 sp.) 0u. HBA22k N. Courses Kedge stage 3 second term (30 sp.) HBA23K Courses Kedge stage 3 second term (30 sp.) 0u. HBA23k N. Kedge Bachelor Thesis (5 sp.) HBA20K Kedge Bachelor Thesis (5 sp.) 0u. HBA20k N. Courses Kedge stage 4 (25 sp.) HBA34K Courses Kedge stage 4 (25 sp.) 0u. HBA34k N. Internship (30 sp.) HBA21K Internship (30 sp.) 0u. HBA21k N.
SC Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (incoming) (Brussels et al)
programma
The Faculty of Economics and Business offers a double degree programme with KEDGE Business School.
Degrees awarded:
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration - KU Leuven, Brussels, Belgium
International Bachelor of Business Administration - Groupe KEDGE Business School, Marseille, France
The degrees can only be obtained after completing successfully the above mentioned programmes.
KEDGE Business School
Courses Kedge stage 1 first term (30 sp.) HBA26K Courses Kedge stage 1 first term (30 sp.) 0u. HBA26k N. Courses Kedge stage 1 second term (30 sp.) HBA35K Courses Kedge stage 1 second term (30 sp.) 0u. HBA35k N. Courses Kedge stage 2 first term (30 sp.) HBA36K Courses Kedge stage 2 first term (30 sp.) 0u. HBA36k N. Internship Kedge stage 2 second term (30 sp.) HBA32K Internship Kedge stage 2 second term (30 sp.) 0u. HBA32k N. Kedge Bachelor Thesis (5 sp.) HBA20K Kedge Bachelor Thesis (5 sp.) 0u. HBA20k N. Internship Kedge stage 4 term 1 (30 sp.) HBA33K Internship Kedge stage 4 term 1 (30 sp.) 0u. HBA33k N.
KU Leuven
Compulsory
Corporate Finance (6 sp.) HBA18C A.Praet (coördinator) Corporate Finance (6 sp.) 52u. HBA18c Praet, van Hemert (medewerker) Entrepreneurship and Business Planning (3 sp.) HBA20C G.Van Den Eede (coördinator) Entrepreneurship and Business Planning (3 sp.) 26u. HBA20c Van Den Eede Personnel and Organization (6 sp.) HBA11C R.Caers (coördinator) Personnel and Organization (6 sp.) 52u. HBA11c Caers, Kanwal (plaatsvervanger) Mathematics for Business A (3 sp.) HBA41C A.Maes (coördinator) Mathematics for Business A (3 sp.) 52u. HBA41c Maes, Boeckx (medewerker), Egholm (medewerker), Ramos González (medewerker), Vancraeynest (medewerker) International Business (3 sp.) HBA01H A.Sels (coördinator) International Business (3 sp.) 26u. HBA01h Sels European Institutions (3 sp.) HBA02H A.Pauwels (coördinator) European Institutions (3 sp.) 26u. HBA02h Pauwels Financial Statement Analysis (6 sp.) HBA10H A.Liss (coördinator) Financial Statement Analysis (3 sp.) 21u. HBA10h Liss Advanced Accounting and Valuation Topics (3 sp.) 18u. HBA10b Liss Economic Sociology (3 sp.) HBA15A S.Adriaenssens (coördinator) Economic Sociology (3 sp.) 26u. HBA15a Adriaenssens, Soare (plaatsvervanger) Strategic Management (3 sp.) HBA10C A.Van Rossem (coördinator) Strategic Management (3 sp.) 26u. HBA10c Van Rossem Introduction to Methods in Operational Research (3 sp.) HBA15C D.De Bock (coördinator) Introduction to Methods in Operational Research (3 sp.) 42u. HBA15c N., De Bock (plaatsvervanger) Macro-economics and Economic Policy (6 sp.) HBA16C T.Verbeke (coördinator) Macro-economics and Economic Policy (6 sp.) 52u. HBA16c Verbeke Management Accounting (3 sp.) HBA17C A.Hoppe (coördinator) Management Accounting (3 sp.) 26u. HBA17c Hoppe Mathematics for Business B (3 sp.) HBA42C A.Maes (coördinator) Mathematics for Business B (3 sp.) 52u. HBA42c Maes, Boeckx (medewerker), Egholm (medewerker), Ramos González (medewerker), Vancraeynest (medewerker) Research Methods 3 (6 sp.) HBA27C M.Meulders (coördinator) Statistical Modelling (4 sp.) 39u. HBA27c Meulders Quantitative Research Project (2 sp.) 13u. HBA86b Meulders International Economics (3 sp.) HBA83B K.De Bruyne (coördinator) International Economics (3 sp.) 26u. HBA83b De Bruyne, Saerens (medewerker) Principles of Taxation (3 sp.) HBA21C F.Debelva (coördinator) Principles of Taxation (3 sp.) 26u. HBA21c Debelva ICT Management (6 sp.) HBA22C E.Serral Asensio (coördinator) ICT Management (6 sp.) 52u. HBA22c Serral Asensio Project Management (3 sp.) HBA23C P.Teirlinck (coördinator) Project Management (3 sp.) 26u. HBA23c Teirlinck, Vromans (plaatsvervanger) Economics and Ethics (3 sp.) HBA28C F.Depoortere (coördinator) Economics and Ethics (3 sp.) 26u. HBA28c Depoortere The Origins and Development of European Integration (6 sp.) HBA48C Y.Segers (coördinator) The Origins and Development of European Integration (6 sp.) 52u. HBA48c Segers Economics of the Single Market (6 sp.) HBA49C E.Poelmans (coördinator) Econonomics of the Single Market (6 sp.) 52u. HBA49c Poelmans Transition Provisions
The courses below can only be taken by students who need to retake one of these courses.Corporate Law and Accounting (3 sp.) HBA08A A.Liss (coördinator) Corporate Law and Accounting (3 sp.) 39u. HBA08a Liss Financial Statement Analysis (3 sp.) HBA09C A.Liss (coördinator) Financial Statement Analysis (3 sp.) 26u. HBA09c Liss
SC Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al)
programma
Additional guidance is available for certain courses: extra contact hours for Mathematics and/or Statistics, guidance by a professor and/or study counsellor, trial exams, ...
Students with an individualised study route follow the road map for composing their ISP. In step 3, they take into account the designated order in which the course units are included throughout the bachelor's programme (continuity schedule) and the guidelines for students who have to retake course units in the case of programme changes (transitional provisions).
The Faculty of Economics and Business offers a double degree programme with the University of Galway.
Degrees awarded:
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration - KU Leuven, Belgium
Bachelor of Commerce - University of Galway, Ireland
The degrees can only be obtained after completing the two programmes.
KU Leuven
Compulsory
Students are required to take all of the courses mentioned below.
Certain courses can be followed by a language immersion track.
Attention:- Management Project 2 can only be taken by students who have reached the first milestone.
- Language Choice 1 will no longer be offered as from 2024-2025 onwards. Students who still need to take or retake the first or second language course (not English), take up the language course they need under the "Languages and Management" module. Students who still need to take the third language course, take it up under 'Languages'. However, students are no longer required to remain in the compulsory first language choice. Students who no longer want to remain in the compulsory first language choice need to contact the study career consultants.
Financial Institutions and Markets (6 sp.) HBA02C A.Praet (coördinator) Financial Institutions and Markets (6 sp.) 52u. HBA02c Paepen, Praet, Creemers (medewerker), van Hemert (medewerker) Management (6 sp.) HBA03C A.Van Rossem (coördinator) Management (6 sp.) 52u. HBA03c Van Rossem, Wijen Research Methods 1 (3 sp.) HBA05C K.Goeman (coördinator) Research Methods 1 (3 sp.) 26u. HBA05c Goeman Financial Accounting A (3 sp.) HBA39C S.Vergauwe (coördinator) Financial Accounting A (3 sp.) 38u. HBA39c De Groote, Ghijselinck, Vergauwe Mathematics for Business A (3 sp.) HBA41C A.Maes (coördinator) Mathematics for Business A (3 sp.) 52u. HBA41c Maes, Boeckx (medewerker), Egholm (medewerker), Ramos González (medewerker), Vancraeynest (medewerker) English 1 (3 sp.) HBA16A M.Hulselmans (coördinator) English 1 (3 sp.) 26u. HBA16a Hulselmans, Roelans, Goossens (medewerker), Hendrickx (medewerker), Pierseaux (medewerker) Microeconomics for Business (6 sp.) HBA07H N.Rogge (coördinator) Microeconomics for Business (6 sp.) 38u. HBA07h Berlinschi, De Ridder, Rogge Philosophy (3 sp.) HBA52A I.Verhoeven (coördinator) Philosophy (3 sp.) 26u. HBA52a Corner, Verhoeven Introduction to Law (6 sp.) HBA08C Introduction to Law (6 sp.) 52u. HBA08c Keirsbilck, Drechsler (plaatsvervanger) Financial Accounting B (3 sp.) HBA40C S.Vergauwe (coördinator) Financial Accounting B (3 sp.) 38u. HBA40c De Groote, Dongo, Ghijselinck Mathematics for Business B (3 sp.) HBA42C A.Maes (coördinator) Mathematics for Business B (3 sp.) 52u. HBA42c Maes, Boeckx (medewerker), Egholm (medewerker), Ramos González (medewerker), Vancraeynest (medewerker) English 2 (3 sp.) HBA54C M.Hulselmans (coördinator) English 2 (3 sp.) 26u. HBa54c Hulselmans, Roelans, Hendrickx (medewerker), Pierseaux (medewerker) Psychology (6 sp.) HBA08H F.Germeys (coördinator) Psychology (6 sp.) 52u. HBA08h Germeys Descriptive Statistics and Probability for Business (6 sp.) HBA09H G.Dierckx (coördinator) Descriptive Statistics and Probability for Business (6 sp.) 52u. HBA09h Dierckx, N., Hendrickx (plaatsvervanger), Boeckx (medewerker), Egholm (medewerker), Ramos González (medewerker) Statistics for Business 2 (3 sp.) HBA69A S.Van Gulck (coördinator) Statistics for Business 2 (3 sp.) 42u. HBA69a Goemans, Van Gulck, Egholm (medewerker) Research Methods 2 (3 sp.) HBA14C P.Teirlinck (coördinator) Research Methods 2 (3 sp.) 26u. HBA14c Teirlinck, Fairchild (plaatsvervanger) Operational Management (3 sp.) HBA19C H.Vermuyten (coördinator) Operational Management (3 sp.) 26u. HBA19c De Boeck, Vermuyten (plaatsvervanger) Personnel and Organization (6 sp.) HBA11C R.Caers (coördinator) Personnel and Organization (6 sp.) 52u. HBA11c Caers, Kanwal (plaatsvervanger) Marketing (6 sp.) HBA12C I.Roozen (coördinator) Marketing (6 sp.) 52u. HBA12c Roozen, Fairchild (plaatsvervanger) Financial Statement Analysis (6 sp.) HBA10H A.Liss (coördinator) Financial Statement Analysis (3 sp.) 21u. HBA10h Liss Advanced Accounting and Valuation Topics (3 sp.) 18u. HBA10b Liss Economic Sociology (3 sp.) HBA15A S.Adriaenssens (coördinator) Economic Sociology (3 sp.) 26u. HBA15a Adriaenssens, Soare (plaatsvervanger) Strategic Management (3 sp.) HBA10C A.Van Rossem (coördinator) Strategic Management (3 sp.) 26u. HBA10c Van Rossem Introduction to Methods in Operational Research (3 sp.) HBA15C D.De Bock (coördinator) Introduction to Methods in Operational Research (3 sp.) 42u. HBA15c N., De Bock (plaatsvervanger) Macro-economics and Economic Policy (6 sp.) HBA16C T.Verbeke (coördinator) Macro-economics and Economic Policy (6 sp.) 52u. HBA16c Verbeke Data and Programming Skills (6 sp.) HBA12H T.Verbeke (coördinator) Data and Programming Skills (6 sp.) 0u. HBA12h Verbeke Management Project 2 (6 sp.) HBA11H D.De Vos (coördinator) Management Project 2 (6 sp.) 26u. HBA11h Reheul Corporate Finance (6 sp.) HBA18C A.Praet (coördinator) Corporate Finance (6 sp.) 52u. HBA18c Praet, van Hemert (medewerker) Entrepreneurship and Business Planning (3 sp.) HBA20C G.Van Den Eede (coördinator) Entrepreneurship and Business Planning (3 sp.) 26u. HBA20c Van Den Eede International Business (3 sp.) HBA01H A.Sels (coördinator) International Business (3 sp.) 26u. HBA01h Sels European Institutions (3 sp.) HBA02H A.Pauwels (coördinator) European Institutions (3 sp.) 26u. HBA02h Pauwels International Economics (3 sp.) HBA83B K.De Bruyne (coördinator) International Economics (3 sp.) 26u. HBA83b De Bruyne, Saerens (medewerker) Management Accounting (3 sp.) HBA17C A.Hoppe (coördinator) Management Accounting (3 sp.) 26u. HBA17c Hoppe Principles of Taxation (3 sp.) HBA21C F.Debelva (coördinator) Principles of Taxation (3 sp.) 26u. HBA21c Debelva ICT Management (6 sp.) HBA22C E.Serral Asensio (coördinator) ICT Management (6 sp.) 52u. HBA22c Serral Asensio Economics and Ethics (3 sp.) HBA28C F.Depoortere (coördinator) Economics and Ethics (3 sp.) 26u. HBA28c Depoortere Research Methods 3 (6 sp.) HBA27C M.Meulders (coördinator) Statistical Modelling (4 sp.) 39u. HBA27c Meulders Quantitative Research Project (2 sp.) 13u. HBA86b Meulders Languages
Please select the language that you would like to follow.Language choice: French
- - French 3.: No prior knowledge is required. Students who have obtained a Flemish secondary school diploma are excluded from this course. Students with a secondary school diploma other than a Flemish one but who have an intermediate level of French are not allowed to follow this course either.
- - French 3 (advanced): Prior knowledge is required. Only students who are independent users of French may register for this course.
French 3 (3 sp.) HBA34C M.Baetens (coördinator) French 3 (3 sp.) 52u. HBA34c Baetens, Cornelus (medewerker) French 3 (advanced) (3 sp.) HBA35C J.Hengels (coördinator) French 3 (advanced) (3 sp.) 26u. HBA35c Hengels
Language choice: German
German 3 (3 sp.) HBA33A J.Roelans (coördinator) German 3 (3 sp.) 26u. HBA33a Roelans
Language choice: Dutch
Dutch 3: No prior knowledge is required. Students who have obtained a Flemish secondary school diploma are excluded from this course. Students with a secondary school diploma other than a Flemish one but who have an intermediate level of Dutch are not allowed to follow this course either.Dutch 3 (3 sp.) HBA13A I.Verhoeven (coördinator) Dutch 3 (3 sp.) 26u. HBA13a Verhoeven Dutch 3 (advanced) (3 sp.) HBA47C I.Verhoeven (coördinator) Dutch 3 (advanced) (3 sp.) 26u. HBA47c Verhoeven
Language choice: Spanish
Spanish 3 (3 sp.) HBA67A F.Vanoverberghe (coördinator) Spanish 3 (3 sp.) 26u. HBA67a Snauwaert, Vanoverberghe (plaatsvervanger)
Transition Measures
The courses below can only be taken by students who need to retake one of these courses.Management Project 1 (6 sp.) HBA04C P.Vanmol (coördinator) Management Project 1 (6 sp.) 26u. HBA04c De Moor, Verhoeven, N., Vanmol (plaatsvervanger), Boerboom (medewerker), Colebunders (medewerker), Van Winkel (medewerker), van Stee (medewerker) Managerial Economics A (3 sp.) HBA43C N.Rogge (coördinator) Managerial Economics A (3 sp.) 38u. HBA43c Berlinschi, De Ridder, Rogge Managerial Economics B (3 sp.) HBA44C N.Rogge (coördinator) Managerial Economics B (3 sp.) 38u. HBA44c Berlinschi, De Ridder, Rogge Psychology (3 sp.) HBA59A F.Germeys (coördinator) Psychology (3 sp.) 26u. HBA59a Germeys Statistics for Business 1 (3 sp.) HBA68A G.Dierckx (coördinator) Statistics for Business 1 (3 sp.) 52u. HBA68a Dierckx, N., Hendrickx (plaatsvervanger), Boeckx (medewerker), Egholm (medewerker), Ramos González (medewerker) Corporate Law and Accounting (3 sp.) HBA08A A.Liss (coördinator) Corporate Law and Accounting (3 sp.) 39u. HBA08a Liss Financial Statement Analysis (3 sp.) HBA09C A.Liss (coördinator) Financial Statement Analysis (3 sp.) 26u. HBA09c Liss
Bachelor's Thesis
The Bachelor's Thesis (i.e. Business Project and Career Development) can only be registered for if the students graduate. Both courses should be taken up at the same time. Only English, Economics and Ethics or courses from the elective tracks Language choice 1, Languages and Management and European Studies can be postponed with a maximum of 6 credits.Business Project (6 sp.) HBA36C K.Pattyn (coördinator) Business Project (6 sp.) 0u. HBA36c Pattyn, N. Career Development (3 sp.) HBA37C D.Arijs (coördinator) Career Development (3 sp.) 26u. HBA37c Arijs, Claeys, Hulselmans, Van Nuffel, Van Winkel (medewerker)
Elective Modules
Students choose one elective module and take up 15 credits from the same module.Elective Module: Languages and Management
Students select one language of choice (9 credits) and choose 6 credits from the Management courses.Language choice
Please select the language that you would like to follow: French, French (advanced), German, Spanish, Dutch or Dutch (advanced).
Please select successively the three connective courses of the same language.
Note that for:- - French, Dutch, Spanish, German: no prior knowledge is required.
- - French/Dutch: Students who have obtained a Flemish secondary school diploma are excluded from this course. Students with a secondary school diploma other than a Flemish one but who have an intermediate level of French/Dutch are not allowed to follow this course either.
- - French (advanced): prior knowledge is required. Only students who are independent users of French may register for this course.
- - Dutch (advanced): prior knowledge is required. Only students who have obtained level B1 (according to the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages) may register for this course.
French 1 (3 sp.) HBA30C L.Loonbeek (coördinator) French 1 (3 sp.) 52u. HBH30c Loonbeek, Cornelus (medewerker), Hengels (medewerker) French 2 (3 sp.) HBA32C M.Baetens (coördinator) French 2 (3 sp.) 52u. HBA32c Baetens, Cornelus (medewerker), Hengels (medewerker) French 3 (3 sp.) HBA34C M.Baetens (coördinator) French 3 (3 sp.) 52u. HBA34c Baetens, Cornelus (medewerker) French 1 (advanced) (3 sp.) HBA31C J.Hengels (coördinator) French 1 (advanced) (3 sp.) 26u. HBA31c Hengels French 2 (advanced) (3 sp.) HBA33C J.Hengels (coördinator) French 2 (advanced) (3 sp.) 26u. HBA33c Hengels, Cornelus (medewerker) French 3 (advanced) (3 sp.) HBA35C J.Hengels (coördinator) French 3 (advanced) (3 sp.) 26u. HBA35c Hengels German 1 (3 sp.) HBA31A J.Roelans (coördinator) German 1 (3 sp.) 26u. HBA31a Roelans German 2 (3 sp.) HBA32A J.Roelans (coördinator) German 2 (3 sp.) 26u. HBA32a Roelans German 3 (3 sp.) HBA33A J.Roelans (coördinator) German 3 (3 sp.) 26u. HBA33a Roelans Dutch 1 (3 sp.) HBA11A M.Hulselmans (coördinator) Dutch 1 (3 sp.) 26u. HBA11a Hulselmans Dutch 2 (3 sp.) HBA12A I.Verhoeven (coördinator) Dutch 2 (3 sp.) 26u. HBA12a Verhoeven Dutch 3 (3 sp.) HBA13A I.Verhoeven (coördinator) Dutch 3 (3 sp.) 26u. HBA13a Verhoeven Dutch 1 (advanced) (3 sp.) HBA45C I.Verhoeven (coördinator) Dutch 1 (advanced) (3 sp.) 26u. HBA45c Verhoeven Dutch 2 (advanced) (3 sp.) HBA46C I.Verhoeven (coördinator) Dutch 2 (advanced) (3 sp.) 26u. HBA46c Verhoeven Dutch 3 (advanced) (3 sp.) HBA47C I.Verhoeven (coördinator) Dutch 3 (advanced) (3 sp.) 26u. HBA47c Verhoeven Spanish 1 (3 sp.) HBA65A F.Vanoverberghe (coördinator) Spanish 1 (3 sp.) 26u. HBA65a Snauwaert, Vanoverberghe (plaatsvervanger) Spanish 2 (3 sp.) HBA66A F.Vanoverberghe (coördinator) Spanish 2 (3 sp.) 26u. HBA66a Snauwaert, Vanoverberghe (plaatsvervanger) Spanish 3 (3 sp.) HBA67A F.Vanoverberghe (coördinator) Spanish 3 (3 sp.) 26u. HBA67a Snauwaert, Vanoverberghe (plaatsvervanger)
Management
Students choose 6 credits.
The number of participants for the course 'Business Plan' is limited. Due to this limited number a selection is organized at the start of the first semester. Once the selection is done, Student Administration will adapt your individual study programme. You can find more information in the ECTS-sheet.Project Management (3 sp.) HBA23C P.Teirlinck (coördinator) Project Management (3 sp.) 26u. HBA23c Teirlinck, Vromans (plaatsvervanger) Management Game (3 sp.) HBA38C A.Van Nuffel (coördinator) Management Game (3 sp.) 26u. HBA38c De Groote, Van Nuffel Business Plan (6 sp.) HBA13H I.Claes (coördinator) Business Plan (6 sp.) 18u. HBA13h Claes
Elective Module: European Studies
Students are required to take all of the courses mentioned below.
The Origins and Development of European Integration (6 sp.) HBA48C Y.Segers (coördinator) The Origins and Development of European Integration (6 sp.) 52u. HBA48c Segers Economics of Monetary Integration (3 sp.) HBA50C M.Maes (coördinator) Economics of Monetary Integration (3 sp.) 26u. HBA50c Maes Economics of the Single Market (6 sp.) HBA49C E.Poelmans (coördinator) Econonomics of the Single Market (6 sp.) 52u. HBA49c Poelmans
Optional: Language immersion track French: Université Saint-Louis
Students can follow the 'Marketing'(HBA12C) and 'Personnel and Organization'(HBA11C) courses at an institution where English is not a language of instruction. To that end, KU Leuven Brussels Campus collaborates with Université Saint-Louis, which is at walking distance. Students can only choose the courses at Université Saint-Louis provided they have obtained at least 48 credits from the bachelor.
Please note that classes at Université Saint-Louis start one week earlier.
For further information, contact the Student Administration Department, preferably before 9 september.
Students are required to take all of the courses mentioned below.Marketing (USL) (6 sp.) HBH86E T.Verbeke (coördinator) Marketing (USL) (5 sp.) 0u. HBH86e N. Marketing 2 (1 sp.) 0u. HBH86a N., Verbeke (plaatsvervanger) Management humain (USL) (6 sp.) HBH85E T.Verbeke (coördinator) Management humain (USL) (5 sp.) 0u. HBH85e N. Management humain 2 (1 sp.) 0u. HBH85a N., Verbeke (plaatsvervanger)
University of Galway
Courses Galway stage 3 first term (30 sp.) HBA01G Courses Galway stage 3 first term (30 sp.) 0u. HBA01g N. Courses Galway stage 3 second term (30 sp.) HBA02G Courses Galway stage 3 second term (30 sp.) 0u. HBA02g N.
SC Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (incoming) (Brussels et al)
programma
The Faculty of Economics and Business offers a double degree programme with the University of Galway.
Degrees awarded:
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration - KU Leuven, Belgium
Bachelor of Commerce - University of Galway, Ireland
The degrees can only be obtained after completing the two programmes.
University of Galway
Courses Galway stage 1 first term (30 sp.) HBA03G Courses Galway stage 1 first term (30 sp.) 0u. HBA03g N. Courses Galway stage 1 second term (30 sp.) HBA04G Courses Galway stage 1 second term (30 sp.) 0u. HBA04g N. Courses Galway stage 2 first term (30 sp.) HBA05G Courses Galway stage 2 first term (30 sp.) 0u. HBA05g N. Courses Galway stage 2 second term (30 sp.) HBA06G Courses Galway stage 2 second term (30 sp.) 0u. HBA06g N. Courses Galway stage 4 first term (30 sp.) HBA07G Courses Galway stage 4 first term (30 sp.) 0u. HBA07g N. Courses Galway stage 4 second term (30 sp.) HBA08G Courses Galway stage 4 second term (30 sp.) 0u. HBA08g N.
KU Leuven
Compulsory
Students are required to take all of the courses mentioned below.Corporate Finance (6 sp.) HBA18C A.Praet (coördinator) Corporate Finance (6 sp.) 52u. HBA18c Praet, van Hemert (medewerker) Entrepreneurship and Business Planning (3 sp.) HBA20C G.Van Den Eede (coördinator) Entrepreneurship and Business Planning (3 sp.) 26u. HBA20c Van Den Eede International Business (3 sp.) HBA01H A.Sels (coördinator) International Business (3 sp.) 26u. HBA01h Sels European Institutions (3 sp.) HBA02H A.Pauwels (coördinator) European Institutions (3 sp.) 26u. HBA02h Pauwels International Economics (3 sp.) HBA83B K.De Bruyne (coördinator) International Economics (3 sp.) 26u. HBA83b De Bruyne, Saerens (medewerker) Management Accounting (3 sp.) HBA17C A.Hoppe (coördinator) Management Accounting (3 sp.) 26u. HBA17c Hoppe Principles of Taxation (3 sp.) HBA21C F.Debelva (coördinator) Principles of Taxation (3 sp.) 26u. HBA21c Debelva ICT Management (6 sp.) HBA22C E.Serral Asensio (coördinator) ICT Management (6 sp.) 52u. HBA22c Serral Asensio Economics and Ethics (3 sp.) HBA28C F.Depoortere (coördinator) Economics and Ethics (3 sp.) 26u. HBA28c Depoortere Research Methods 3 (6 sp.) HBA27C M.Meulders (coördinator) Statistical Modelling (4 sp.) 39u. HBA27c Meulders Quantitative Research Project (2 sp.) 13u. HBA86b Meulders Bachelor's Thesis
The Bachelor's Thesis (i.e. Business Project and Career Development) can only be registered for if the students graduate. Both courses should be taken up at the same time. Only English, Economics and Ethics or courses from the elective tracks Language choice 1, Languages and Management and European Studies can be postponed with a maximum of 6 credits.Business Project (6 sp.) HBA36C K.Pattyn (coördinator) Business Project (6 sp.) 0u. HBA36c Pattyn, N. Career Development (3 sp.) HBA37C D.Arijs (coördinator) Career Development (3 sp.) 26u. HBA37c Arijs, Claeys, Hulselmans, Van Nuffel, Van Winkel (medewerker)
Elective Modules
Students choose 12 credits from the elective courses.
The number of participants for the course 'Business Plan' is limited. Due to this limited number a selection is organized at the start of the first semester. Once the selection is done, Student Administration will adapt your individual study programme. You can find more information in the ECTS-sheet.Economics of Monetary Integration (3 sp.) HBA50C M.Maes (coördinator) Economics of Monetary Integration (3 sp.) 26u. HBA50c Maes Project Management (3 sp.) HBA23C P.Teirlinck (coördinator) Project Management (3 sp.) 26u. HBA23c Teirlinck, Vromans (plaatsvervanger) Economics of the Single Market (6 sp.) HBA49C E.Poelmans (coördinator) Econonomics of the Single Market (6 sp.) 52u. HBA49c Poelmans Management Game (3 sp.) HBA38C A.Van Nuffel (coördinator) Management Game (3 sp.) 26u. HBA38c De Groote, Van Nuffel Business Plan (6 sp.) HBA13H I.Claes (coördinator) Business Plan (6 sp.) 18u. HBA13h Claes
ECTS Short Mobility Economics and Business (Bachelor) (B-KUL-D0E54A)
Aims
The student gains insight into a subject within the field of Economics and Business by means of participation in a short training initiative which is approved by the International office @FEB.
More information on summer schools: https://feb.kuleuven.be/eng/international/going-abroad/summer-schools
Previous knowledge
No specific previous knowledge required.
Is included in these courses of study
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Short Mobility Economics and Business (Bachelor) (B-KUL-D0E54a)
Content
Content varies according to the course(s) taken in a short training initiative.
For more information on summer schools https://feb.kuleuven.be/eng/international/going-abroad/summer-schools
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Short Mobility Economics and Business (Bachelor) (B-KUL-D2E54a)
Explanation
This course will be evaluated according to the rules and regulations of the host institution that organizes the short training initiative (e.g. summer school). KU Leuven will not transfer the results obtained at this institution, however the student will receive a pass/fail score for the course 'Short Mobility Economics and Business' if he/she obtained the necessary credits for the short training initiative.
The short training initiative can only be validated in this way upon approval by the International Office @FEB.
The student registers the course 'Short Mobility Economics and Business' in his/her ISP in the academic year directly following the short training initiative.
Information about retaking exams
ECTS Internship Project (bachelor) (B-KUL-D0E59A)
Aims
Upon completion of the internship the student will be able to:
L1. better understand the varying aspects inherent to a professional work environment (e.g. the workplace conditions, the workplace culture, … ). Furthermore, the student will acquire relevant professional experience by participating actively in formal functional activities within an organization, but also by becoming familiar with informal organizational interrelationships.
L2. transfer new insights and perspectives on core competencies from theory to practice. The student will be able to integrate theoretical knowledge with hands-on experience and thereby grow in excellence within a particular discipline or area of expertise.
On completion of the internship the student will be able to use a number of versatile, personal and career-oriented skills. The Faculty of Economics and Business disseminates a number of specific educational goals concerning ‘Professional development for university graduates: skills and market demands.’
Previous knowledge
Students can do a 3 credit Internship Project in the bachelor programme provided they have completed the first milestone.
The course unit is programmed in the third Bachelor's phase but can also be taken in an earlier phase if the above conditions are met.
Identical courses
D0E55A: Stageproject (bachelor)
D0E56A: Stageproject (bachelor)
D0E60A: Internship Project (bachelor)
Is included in these courses of study
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Internship Project (bachelor) (B-KUL-D0E59a)
Content
° The internship ties in directly with the student’s present domain of study at the FEB.
° It is solely the student’s responsibility to scout for a viable internship position
° The internship and the bachelor thesis can never be carried out in the same company.
° The student follows the procedure for internship applications mentioned on the FEB student portal.
° Only upon approval of the internship coordinator and Education & Students Services Department, the student can validate the internship in the individual study programme.
More information can be found on the FEB student portal.
Course material
Not applicable
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Internship Project (bachelor) (B-KUL-D2E59a)
Explanation
Evaluation characteristics
The final evaluation of the internship is based on two sources of information:
1. A performance report by the internship mentor in the company
2. An individual reflection report by the student
More information can be found on the FEB student portal.
Determination final result
*The faculty’s internship coordinator is ultimately responsible for the final score but will take into account the score of the internship mentor.
*If a student failed to show up on the performance interview and/or failed to hand in the reflective report in time, the student will obtain a ‘fail’ for the entire course.
*If a student fails to observe the deadline for handing in the evaluation documents the student will obtain a ‘fail’ for the course unless a new deadline was requested and formally acknowledged by the FEB based upon well-founded facts.
Important notice
Students who repeatedly or gravely breach the requirements as laid down in the agreement with the internship provider will be removed from the internship project and will obtain a ‘fail’. These students will not be entitled to do an alternative task and they will not have the opportunity to retake the internship project in any later examination period at this faculty.
Information about retaking exams
ECTS Internship Project (bachelor) (B-KUL-D0E60A)
Aims
Upon completion of the internship the student will be able to:
L1. better understand the varying aspects inherent to a professional work environment (e.g. the workplace conditions, the workplace culture, … ). Furthermore, the student will acquire relevant professional experience by participating actively in formal functional activities within an organization, but also by becoming familiar with informal organizational interrelationships.
L2. transfer new insights and perspectives on core competencies from theory to practice. The student will be able to integrate theoretical knowledge with hands-on experience and thereby grow in excellence within a particular discipline or area of expertise.
On completion of the internship the student will be able to use a number of versatile, personal and career-oriented skills. The Faculty of Economics and Business disseminates a number of specific educational goals concerning ‘Professional development for university graduates: skills and market demands.’
Previous knowledge
Students can do a 3 credit Internship Project in the bachelor programme provided they have completed the first milestone.
The course unit is programmed in the third Bachelor's phase but can also be taken in an earlier phase if the above conditions are met.
Identical courses
D0E55A: Stageproject (bachelor)
D0E56A: Stageproject (bachelor)
D0E59A: Internship Project (bachelor)
Is included in these courses of study
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Internship Project (bachelor) (B-KUL-D0E60a)
Content
° The internship ties in directly with the student’s present domain of study at the FEB.
° It is solely the student’s responsibility to scout for a viable internship position
° The internship and the bachelor thesis can never be carried out in the same company.
° The student follows the procedure for internship applications mentioned on the FEB student portal.
° Only upon approval of the internship coordinator and Education & Students Services Department, the student can validate the internship in the individual study programme.
More information can be found on the FEB student portal.
Course material
Not applicable
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Internship Project (bachelor) (B-KUL-D2E60a)
Explanation
Evaluation characteristics
The final evaluation of the internship is based on two sources of information:
1. A performance report by the internship mentor in the company
2. An individual reflection report by the student
More information can be found on the FEB student portal.
Determination final result
*The faculty’s internship coordinator is ultimately responsible for the final score but will take into account the score of the internship mentor.
*If a student failed to show up on the performance interview and/or failed to hand in the reflective report in time, the student will obtain a ‘fail’ for the entire course.
*If a student fails to observe the deadline for handing in the evaluation documents the student will obtain a ‘fail’ for the course unless a new deadline was requested and formally acknowledged by the FEB based upon well-founded facts.
Important notice
Students who repeatedly or gravely breach the requirements as laid down in the agreement with the internship provider will be removed from the internship project and will obtain a ‘fail’. These students will not be entitled to do an alternative task and they will not have the opportunity to retake the internship project in any later examination period at this faculty.
Information about retaking exams
ECTS Short Mobility Economics and Business (Bachelor) (B-KUL-D0S32A)
Aims
The student gains insight into a subject within the field of Economics and Business by means of participation in a short training initiative (e.g. summer school) which is approved by the International Office @FEB beforehand.
More information on summer schools: https://feb.kuleuven.be/eng/international/going-abroad/summer-schools.
Previous knowledge
No specific previous knowledge required.
Identical courses
D0E47A: Short mobility economie en bedrijfswetenschappen (bachelor)
D0E50A: Short mobility economie en bedrijfswetenschappen (bachelor)
Is included in these courses of study
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Short Mobility Economics and Business (Bachelor) (B-KUL-D0S32a)
Content
Content varies according to the course(s) taken in a short training initiative (e.g. summer school).
More information on summer schools: https://feb.kuleuven.be/eng/international/going-abroad/summer-schools.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Short Mobility Economics and Business (Bachelor) (B-KUL-D2S32a)
Explanation
This course will be evaluated according to the rules and regulations of the host institution that organizes the short training initiative (e.g. summer school). KU Leuven will not transfer the results obtained at this institution, however the student will receive a pass/fail score for the course 'Short Mobility Economics and Business' if he/she obtained the necessary credits for the short training initiative.
The short training initiative can only be validated in this way upon approval by the International Office @FEB.
The student registers the course 'Short Mobility Economics and Business' in his/her ISP in the academic year directly following the short training initiative.
Information about retaking exams
No 2nd examination opportunity.
ECTS Courses Galway stage 3 first term (B-KUL-HBA01G)
Is included in these courses of study
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Courses Galway stage 3 first term (B-KUL-HBA01g)
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Courses Galway stage 3 first term (B-KUL-H75768)
ECTS International Business (B-KUL-HBA01H)
Aims
The student identifies the international (European) environment in which companies, and in particular multinationals, operate (1.a, 3.a)
The student distinguishes and can explain how the different global strategies of the MNE determine which foreign entry modes are adequate (2.q.)
The student can analyse the determinants of successful internationalization by MNEs through different theoretical perspectives: transaction cost theory, institutional theory and resource dependence theory (3.i.)
The student can apply an international business strategy model, gather data at firm, industry and country level to propose an adequate international business strategy (11.c.)
Previous knowledge
prerequisites: Managerial Economics (stage 1) and Strategic Management (stage 2)
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor handelsingenieur (programma voor studenten gestart vóór 2022-2023) (Brussel) (Traject globalisering) 180 ects.
- Bachelor in de handelswetenschappen (Brussel) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (incoming) (Brussels et al) 242 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Engineering (Brussels et al) 180 ects.
- Preparatory Programme: Master of Business Administration (Programme for students started before 2023-2024) (Brussels) 90 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (incoming) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
International Business (B-KUL-HBA01h)
Content
The economic theory of multinational enterprises (MNEs)
1.1. Globalizing business and protectionism
1.2. Theoretical frameworks in International Business: institutional theory (formal and informal)
1.3. Theoretical frameworks in International Business: resource dependence theory
1.4.Investing abroad directly and the OLI paradigm (ownership - localization - internalization)
1.5.Global integration and multilateral trade and investment organizations
1.6. Non-equity entry modes and the internationalization process/ starting international business
1.7.Strategic decisions on FDI
1.8.Competitive dynamics
1.9.Cross-border mergers and acquisitions
1.10. Global growth strategies: partnerships and acquisitions
1.11.Corporate strategies and structures for MNEs
Course material
Lecture slides
Case study material
Peng, M., Meyer, K. International Business. 4th ed. 2023. Cengage Learning.
Language of instruction: more information
The language of instruction is English.
Format: more information
Case-based lecture - Interactive lecture
Is also included in other courses
HES05A : International Business, Entrepreneurship and EU Monetary Integration
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: International Business (B-KUL-H75734)
Explanation
Evaluation characteristics
Guess correction will be applied in grading the multiple-choice questions of the exam. The exact nature of the guess correction will be communicated on the front page of the exam.
Determination final result
The final result is determined by a combination of a student's score on the multiple-choice questions (after applying the guess correction) and that on the open-ended questions and is expressed as a whole number on a scale of 20.
Information about retaking exams
The features of the evaluation and determination of grades are identical to those of the first examination opportunity, as described above.
ECTS Financial Institutions and Markets (B-KUL-HBA02C)
Aims
In the course "Financial Institutions and Markets", students are introduced into the basic principles and terminology of banking, finance and investment. The starting point is the study of the organization and operation of a financial institution. The course examines the variety of funding sources and the use of those funds. In this way, the student will be made familiar with the various types of accounts, investment products and loans, offered by a bank. It will also discuss the valuation of the various products and the calculation of costs and/or returns. In addition, the course will introduce students into the working of financial markets in which a bank and other financial institutions as well as institutional and retail investors operate. The course will explain stocks and bonds in detail and discuss their valuation. This is illustrated with practical examples and frequent reference to current events, media and numbers so that students can solve concrete financial issues using the correct terminology and formulas.
In this course, the following key objectives are (partially or fully) realized:
- Understands basic theories, basic terms, and basic concepts of each management domain, in particular with respect to the financial, operational, commercial and organisational activities, and applies them when solving (business) economics problems.
- The student understands the functioning of the financial markets and institutions and their mutual impact.
- Masters the basic concepts and the overall functioning of banking, the stock market and the insurance business as well as the characteristics and functioning of the most important financial products and financial markets.
- The student knows the most important concepts and products of the financial institutions and financial markets
- Using the principles of time value of money, interprets information from financial reporting and news coverage, and uses all this as input in financial issues.
- The student is able to solve analytical questions with respect to bankproducts and financial instruments based on the concept of time value of money.
- Detects the impact of regional, national and international environmental factors on corporate policies and estimates the complexity of operating in an international environment when putting together a strategy.
- The student is able to analyze the impact of the evolution of the international regulation in the financial sector on the management of the financial institutions.
- Shows interest in current affairs and broadens his background knowledge.
- The student is aware of the recent developments in the financial sector and the financial markets
- Is familiar with relevant ICT applications and uses the knowledge and skills to solve (business) economic problems.
- Estimates the impact of business operations on various stakeholders and society.
- The student understands how financial institutions and markets impact the behaviour of individuals, companies and government
The position of the course in the framework of the learning objectives of the programme can be found under the section “Objectives” of the “Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels)”.
Previous knowledge
No prior knowledge is required for this course.
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Financial Institutions and Markets (B-KUL-HBA02c)
Content
Part I: Financial Institutions
• Chapter: The financial sector
• Chapter: Banking and the management of financial institutions
• Chapter: Financial regulation, liquidity, solvency
• Chapter: Central banks
Part II: Retail Banking
• Chapter: Savings accounts and calculating interest
• Chapter: Interest rates: what do they mean and why do they change?
• Chapter: Loans, mortgages and annuities
Part III: Financial Markets
• Chapter: The Money Market
• Chapter: The Bond Market, valuation of bonds by calculating bond prices and returns
• Chapter: The stock markets and indexes
• Chapter: The valuation of shares
• Chapter: Mutual funds and valuation of returns
• Chapter: Why do financial crises occur?
Discussion of current trends in the financial sector, regulation of banks, turbulences on financial markets and other events by using articles published in financial papers and magazines. Interpreting prospectuses and terms’ sheets of newly issued financial instruments.
Format: more information
The course consists of formal lectures including exercises. Additionally the students will be asked to participate in online assignments related to an investment portfolio.
Is also included in other courses
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Financial Institutions and Markets (B-KUL-H73577)
Explanation
Assignment: online questions on an investment portfolio
4 online questions will have to be solved between September (first class) and December (last lesson)
Expected time students will need to spend on the assignment: 1-5 hours
Period: 1st Semester
Each student is expected to participate in this online assessment. The student will receive a score of 0.25 for each correct answer to the online question with a maximum score of 1 if all 4 questions are answered correctly.
Evaluation of the course
Final evaluation is done by a written exam at the end of the Semester. The exam consists of multiple choice questions containing one or more questions about current financial and economic affairs. For the multiple choice questions, there is no correction for guessing, but the student must have answered more than half of the questions correctly to score half of the points. The closed questions focus on the verification of the insight of the student in the course and its application. Part of the exam will consist of exercises for which the student may use a calculator provided by the university during the exam. The exam will take max. 3 hours.
In order to pass the exam, the student should have a score of at least 3.2 for the theoretical questions as well as for the financial algebra part.
The evaluation methods during the first and second exam opportunities are identical.
ECTS Courses Galway stage 3 second term (B-KUL-HBA02G)
Is included in these courses of study
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Courses Galway stage 3 second term (B-KUL-HBA02g)
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Courses Galway stage 3 second term (B-KUL-H75769)
ECTS European Institutions (B-KUL-HBA02H)
Aims
1.a. analyses the environment in which an organisation is active and estimates the influence of environmental factors on the functioning of the organisation.
3.a. detects the impact of regional, national and international environmental factors on corporate policies and estimates the complexity of operating in an international environment when putting together a strategy.
3.g. from a multidisciplinary perspective (and on the economic, legal, historic and social level), situates, analyses and evaluates the main powers and policies of international organisations regarding international trade and investment.
Explanation:
The student identifies the international ‘(European environment) in which companies, and in particular multinationals, operate (1.a, 3.a)
The student masters the major European policy areas and their impact on business (1.a, 3.a, 3.g)
The student masters the functioning of the institutions of the European Union (3.g)
Students should acquire insight into the evolution of the process towards European integration and should be able to assess the potential as well as the limitations of this process in terms of its future evolution.(3.g)
The student analyses and explains current European issues (3.g)
Previous knowledge
There is no specific previous knowledge required for this course
Identical courses
HBH04H: Europese instellingen
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (incoming) (Brussels et al) 242 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Engineering (Brussels et al) 180 ects.
- Preparatory Programme: Master of Business Administration (Programme for students started before 2023-2024) (Brussels) 90 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (incoming) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
European Institutions (B-KUL-HBA02h)
Content
1.Introduction and historical overview
2.The institutions of the EU
3.The decision-making in the EU
4. Competences of the EU
5 EU policy
5.1. The single market
5.2. The economic and monetary union
5.3. The competition policy
5.4. The common commercial policy and development policy
5.5.. The common foreign and security policy
5.6. Justice and home affairs
Course material
Handbook: Cini, M. & Pérez-Solórzano Borragán, N. (eds.), European Union Politics, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 2019 (sixth edition).
Slides and additional literature will be made available via Toledo
Format: more information
Traditional lecture
Is also included in other courses
HES05A : International Business, Entrepreneurship and EU Monetary Integration
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: European Institutions (B-KUL-H75735)
Explanation
No correction will be used for incorrect answers.
Information about retaking exams
The features of the evaluation and determination of grades are identical to those of the first examination opportunity..
ECTS Management (B-KUL-HBA03C)
Aims
The course Management aims to provide a broad introduction into contemporary management theory and practice (planning, organizing, leading and control).
In this course, the following key objectives are (partially or fully) realized:
Has acquired thorough knowledge in business studies and developed a great business sensitivity which he is able to use in a targeted way when analysing and solving business problems.
1.a Analyses the environment in which an organisation is active and estimates the influence of environmental factors on the functioning of the organisation.
- Analyses the external and internal environment in which an organisation is active applying the learned theories and tools/frameworks as a basis to understand the functioning of the organisation and to define and implement a strategy.
- Estimates the impact of business operations on various stakeholders and society.
1.b Understands basic theories, basic terms and basic concepts of strategic management and uses them to critically evaluate the organisational strategy and make proposals to adjust the latter.
- Has an insight in management of organizations and matches in this context classis an actual management theories.
- Analyses and compares various streams, mind-sets, attitudes, concepts and trends in the theory and practice of management.
- Matches theory and practice of strategic management.
- Applies relevant models/frameworks and approaches of management in practice.
2 Has knowledge and understanding of the different domains of business management and the coherence between them.
2.a Understands basic theories, basic terms, and basic concepts of each management domain, in particular with respect to the financial, operational, commercial and organisational activities, and applies them when solving (business) economics problems.
2.b Distinguishes and clarifies the different ways in which activities and processes in organisations are organised, structured and managed.
- Analyses using the relevant models/frameworks and tools/techniques a delimited practical theme or issue. .
2.c Understands and substantiates the critical importance of each management domain for a successful organisation and the coherence with other management domains.
- Distinguishes and clarifies the different ways in which activities and processes in organisations are organised, structured and managed.
- Connects the psycho-social and ethical insights with the (business) economic reality in a reasoned way.
12.a Estimates the impact of business operations on various stakeholders and society.
12.b Connects the psycho-social and ethical insights with the (business) economic reality in a reasoned way.
The position of the course in the framework of the learning objectives of the programme can be found under the section “Doelstellingen” of the “Bachelor in de handelswetenschappen (Brussel)”.
Previous knowledge
No prior knowledge is required for this course.
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Preparatory Programme: Master of Business Administration (Programme for students started before 2023-2024) (Brussels) 90 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Preparatory Programme: Master of Business Administration (Programme for students started in 2023-2024 or later) (Brussels) 75 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Management (B-KUL-HBA03c)
Content
The following topics will, among others, be discussed during the course:
1 What is management? Does management matter?
2 Functions of management, processes, roles and skills of managers
3 Development of management theories and –visions (history) – current trends in management
4 External and internal environment (organisation culture)
5 CSR, sustainability and Business ethics
6 Change and innovation
7 Decision making
8 Planning and strategy (an introduction)
9 Organisational structure: structural dimensions
10 Behaviour in organizations (basics)
11 Motivating employees
12 Leadership (with a provisio)
13 Process management (basic) (with a provisio)
14 Controlling (an introduction) (with a provisio)
Course material
http://public.hubrussel.be/Ancor/SSM/Pages/BekijkSSM.aspx?OID=12691
Robbins, Stephen P., Coulter, Mary. 2016. Management. 13th edition. Pearson: strongly recommended (also earlier versions acceptable)
further interesting material (via libraries, NOT to be purchased):
Daft, Richard L.2012. New era of management. 10th edition. CEngage Learning.
Language of instruction: more information
This course is taught in English.
Format: more information
Lectures and discussion. Students are encouraged to be actively involved.
One written assignment (groups of max. 6 persons)
Small individual assingments (My future self as manager)
Is also included in other courses
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Management (B-KUL-H73578)
Explanation
- Written exam during the regular exam period (15 of 20 points). This is a closed-book exam with multiple choice questions (with correction for guessing). There are theoretical question(s) and/or case application questions. There can be an essay question.
- 5 of 20 points: learning assignments (in teams/individual) during the semester weeks.
Instructions and information about the assignments and deadlines will be explained in class and/or posted on Toledo. Evaluation is done by professor(s).
Correction for guessing for Multiple choice: questions The standard setting (also called cesure system) applies: a correct answer will always result in a positive score. Wrong answers will no longer be punished with negative scores (minus points). Both wrong and unanswered questions result in zero points. HOWEVER, In standard setting, grades are converted afterwards causing you to have to answer more than half the questions correctly to pass the examination or that specific part of the examination. The exact calcuation (which depends on the number of questions) will be posted on Toledo.
The evaluation in the second exam opportunity is the same as in the first exam opportunity (as explained above). There is no retake for the assignments.
Information about retaking exams
The format of the re-take exam is the same as the first time.
No retake for assignments.
ECTS Courses Galway stage 1 first term (B-KUL-HBA03G)
Is included in these courses of study
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Courses Galway stage 1 first term (B-KUL-HBA03g)
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Courses Galway stage 1 first term (B-KUL-H75782)
ECTS Management Project 1 (B-KUL-HBA04C)
Aims
This course aims at contributing to the following learning results:
6.a Clearly formulates the problem in dialogue with the supervisor(s) but with a sufficient degree of autonomy, defines the research thesis and derives research questions from it for a (business) economics problem with practical relevance.
7.a Applies a critical mind when collecting sources and data and assesses their scientific relevance.
7.b Refers in a correct and consistent manner to scientific sources.
7.b.1 Refers in a correct and consistent manner to scientific sources.
8.f Critically reflects on his own behaviour and approach, in the context of lifelong learning.
8.f.1.: Reflects on the way the team works, and in particular on his/her own behaviour and approach within the team
8.f.2.: Adjusts his/her own approach on the basis of feedback and new insights
9.a In a team and depending on the context, takes on management, executive or supportive tasks and as such contributes actively to a joint result.
9.a.1: In a team, in the context of the organized project, takes on management, executive or supportive tasks and as such contributes actively to a joint result
9.a.2: Participates in a shared project that transcends the own interest
9.a.3: Acquires initial skills in working in a task-oriented group
9.b. Listens to the opinion of others and constructively deals with various opinions and cultures.
9.b.1: Discusses differences in opinion with others in a respectful way
10.a. Uses the language of instruction to communicate orally and in writing with an audience of specialists and non-specialists, and such in a way that is correct on the level of grammar and vocabulary; uses a style that is common in a (business) economics context.
10.a.2: Uses the language of instruction to communicate orally and in writing with third parties, and such in a way that is correct on the level of grammar and vocabulary
11.a. Independently or in team, efficiently carries out a clearly defined assignment.
11.a.1: Carries out a project in team, guided by a coach
11.g. Is familiar with relevant ICT applications and uses the knowledge and skills to solve (business) economic problems.
The position of the course in the framework of the learning objectives of the programme can be found under the section “Objectives” of the “Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels)”.
Previous knowledge
No specific prior knowledge is required for this course.
Good knowledge of English is required as an initial competence for the component ‘academic skills’.
Is included in these courses of study
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Management Project 1 (B-KUL-HBA04c)
Content
Central to this course is a group project on a (chosen) broad social or business economics topic. Attention is paid to academic writing skills, processing and presenting data in Excel and developing teamwork skills.
For this purpose, students follow a number of (work) sessions during the first weeks of the semester. These sessions concern the following topics:
Processing and presenting data in Excel
Basic functions in Excel are discussed and applied in exercises. The following topics are discussed:
Worksheet set up + help function
Absolute and relative referencing with $-sign
Formatting
Functions, arguments, list separator and data type
Working with functions: Count, Sum & Average
How to set up a chart
Principles of creating good graphs and tables
Academic writing skills
Through an introductory session students are introduced to academic writing skills: assessing sources, referencing correctly,…
The development of teamwork skills through peer feedback
During the group project, student will improve different professional skills and attitudes. Peer feedback will be used regularly. A training on peer feedback will focus on learning to provide valid and reliable feedback to fellow students.
Students work, in team, on a workshop, concerning a broad social or business economics topic. They present this workshop to their fellow students.
Course material
Study material on Toledo.
Format: more information
Asynchronous online learning - Group assignment - Paper - Skills training - Traditional lecture
Processing and presenting data in Excel:
will be offered via a kick-off session, online asynchronous teaching and a discussion forum. Several video recordings will be available on Toledo. Students must rehearse these themselves and apply the different topics in a group assignment, which is part of the Project Paper and the End Report.
Academic writing skills:
through an introductory session students are introduced to academic writing skills: assessing sources, referencing correctly,…which they have to apply in the Project Paper.
The development of teamwork skills through peer feedback:
Students work, in team, on a workshop, concerning a broad social or business economics topic. They present this workshop to their fellow students.
First they describe their idea in a Project Charter, later they work out this idea in an Project Paper. After the presentation of the workshop they reflect on this in the End Report.
The group project is guided by alternating a kick-off session, (peer) feedback sessions and an end evaluation.
Assignments:
No.1: Project charter (in team)
No. 2: Project Paper (in team)
No. 3: Implementation of the workshop (in team)
No. 4: End Report (in team)
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Management Project 1 (B-KUL-H73579)
Explanation
The OPO final result is calculated and communicated as a whole number on a scale of 20.
The component ‘Processing and presenting data in Excel’ will be evaluated via the group assignment in the Project Paper and in the End Report. (4 points out of 20).
The component ‘Academic writing skills’ will be evaluated via the Project Paper (2 points out of 20).
The component ‘The development of teamwork skills through peer feedback’ (group project) (14 points out of 20) will be evaluated in:
1.Project Paper
2. End Report
3. Evaluation of teamwork by the coach, workshop included
Moreover, (peer)feedback sessions about the working of the team and the progress of the project will be held during the semester. Management Project I ends with a group discussion (the End Evaluation).
In case a team member does not show the required skills with respect to teamwork, it can be decided (by means of peerevaluation) that the group mark will not be given or only partly given to this team member.
Furthermore, the coach can deviate from this evaluation system:
* for students who are not present during (peer)feedback sessions, workshops and/or the end evaluation.
* when students make cooperation within a team impossible due to their behaviour. However, firstly a discussion will be held with the coach. During this conversation agreements will be put in place, which the student has to stick to.
What to do if you cannot be present at a (peer)feedback session, workshop or the end evaluation?
- Contact your coach immediately!
- Unjustified absence leads to a fail for the course. Hence, you need a proof of force majeure (medical notice, obituary notice,...) if you want to keep the possibility of passing the course.
Because of the specific aims of the course and the competences to be attained, there is NO 2nd examination opportunity for this course.
Information about retaking exams
Because of the specific aims of the course and the competences to be attained, there is NO 2nd examination opportunity for this course.
ECTS Courses Galway stage 1 second term (B-KUL-HBA04G)
Is included in these courses of study
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Courses Galway stage 1 second term (B-KUL-HBA04g)
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Courses Galway stage 1 second term (B-KUL-H75783)
ECTS Research Methods 1 (B-KUL-HBA05C)
Aims
The course ‘Research methods 1 ’ offers an introduction to scientific research methods.
In this course, the following key objectives are (partially or fully) realized:
A student...
- Knows and understands the key features of (business and management) research and the different phases of a research process;
- Has an understanding of what a research problem is and how it relates to research objectives and research questions;
- Knows how to translate a research problem into a research objective and search terms for a subsequent literature search;
- Understands the meaning of the concepts of validity and reliability, plagiarism, quantitative and qualitative research methods, deduction and induction, as well as related terminology;
- Applies a critical mind when collecting resources or data, and assesses their scientific relevance;
- Refers in a correct and consistent manner to scientific sources, using the APA guidelines;
- Sets forth a logical and coherent argumentation to support methodological choices in a research design.
The position of the course in the framework of the learning objectives of the programme can be found under the section “Objectives” of the “Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels)”.
Previous knowledge
No prior knowledge is required for this course.
Identical courses
Y00917: Onderzoeksmethoden 1
HBH57E: Onderzoeksmethoden 1
HLH14B: Onderzoeksmethoden 1
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Research Methods 1 (B-KUL-HBA05c)
Content
We start the course with a discussion of the terms 'search' and 'research', followed by outlining the different phases of a research process.
This is followed by 5 units of theory and applications, focusing on:
1 - Business and management research: key features, key debates
2 - From research topic to research design: problem statement, research questions and objectives
3 - Critically reviewing literature: literature search and review, APA formatting and referencing, plagiarism
4 - Research design: time horizon, quantitative and qualitative research, primary and secondary data, validity and reliability
5 - Research in action: access and ethical issues, types of research methods (experiment, survey, observation, among others)
Course material
Saunders, M., Lewis, P., & Thornhill, A. (2020). Research methods for business students (8th edition). Pearson.
All other course materials (video, audio, sample papers, web links, etc.) are provided via Toledo.
Language of instruction: more information
English (lectures + course materials)
Format: more information
Blended learning
A mix of synchronous online and on-campus lectures.
Lectures focusing on theory (see contents) as well as practical applications.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Research Methods 1 (B-KUL-H73580)
Explanation
Witten on campus exam during the exam period
There will be online quizzes on toledo to prepare for the exam, but these do not count for the final mark
Information about retaking exams
Examination in the resit period is 100 percent exam grade, online quizzes from the term are not counted.
ECTS Courses Galway stage 2 first term (B-KUL-HBA05G)
Is included in these courses of study
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Courses Galway stage 2 first term (B-KUL-HBA05g)
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Courses Galway stage 2 first term (B-KUL-H75784)
ECTS Courses Galway stage 2 second term (B-KUL-HBA06G)
Is included in these courses of study
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Courses Galway stage 2 second term (B-KUL-HBA06g)
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Courses Galway stage 2 second term (B-KUL-H75785)
ECTS Courses Galway stage 4 first term (B-KUL-HBA07G)
Is included in these courses of study
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Courses Galway stage 4 first term (B-KUL-HBA07g)
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Courses Galway stage 4 first term (B-KUL-H75786)
ECTS Microeconomics for Business (B-KUL-HBA07H)
Aims
Microeconomics for Business is an introductory microeconomics course in the Bachelor of Business Administration. The aim of this course is to give students insight into how market economies function: what determines the price of a good and the quantities produced and consumed, how government policies and other external events affect prices and quantities, in which cases market outcomes are efficient and in which cases they are not. It will make students familiar with the characteristics of the main market types (perfect competition, monopoly, monopolistic competition and oligopoly), with pricing and production decisions in each market type, and with the desirability of government intervention in each market type. Students will also acquire some basic game theory tools.
In this course, the following key objectives are (partially or fully) realized:
Interprets and underpins behaviour of consumers based on economic concepts and theories.
- Describes and interprets the behaviour of consumers as a utility maximization problem.
- Using an economic framework, critically analyses the impact of various forms of government regulation on the most important market forms.
- Describes and analyses the different forms of non-market based government regulation (price regulation, output regulation)
- Describes and analyses the different forms of market based government intervention (taxes, subsidies)
- Analyzes the effects of government regulation in various economic contexts (externalities, public goods, market concentration, adjusting consumer- and producer behaviour).
Defines, explains and uses, both graphically and model-based, micro-economic concepts.
- Calculates the market equilibrium, analyses changes in the market equilibrium and applies welfare analysis on an equilibrium outcome.
- Calculates and interprets the different forms of elasticities and uses them in the analysis of micro-economic problems.
- Describes the perspectives of economic science, uses them in a (business) economics context and reflects critically on them.
Analyses price-setting and the various pricing strategies for the most important market forms.
- Recognizes and describes the most important market forms: perfect competition, monopoly, monopolistic competition and oligopoly.
- Analyses the pricing strategies of the most important market forms: perfect competition, monopoly, monopolistic competition and oligopoly, in the short term as well as in the long term.
- Analyses different forms of price discrimination.
- Analyses the different aspects of strategic behaviour for the market form oligopoly and applies game theory to analyze them.
Interprets and underpins behaviour of producers based on economic concepts and theories.
- Describes and interprets the behaviour of producers as a profit maximization problem.
- Analyses the production process of firms in an economic context.
- Analyses the cost structure of firms in an economic context.
- Describes the perspectives of economic science, uses them in a (business) economics context and reflects critically on them.
Previous knowledge
No prior knowledge is required for this course.
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Preparatory Programme: Master of Business Administration (Programme for students started before 2023-2024) (Brussels) 90 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Preparatory Programme: Master of Business Administration (Programme for students started in 2023-2024 or later) (Brussels) 75 ects.
- Preparatory Programme: Master of Business Administration (Programme for students started in 2023-2024 or later) (Antwerp) 75 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Microeconomics for Business (B-KUL-HBA07h)
Content
Introduction
supply and demand, Elasticity, Consumer theory
government policies
Markets and welfare
Externalities and market failure, public goods, common resources and merit goods
Firms in competitive markets
Firms in other market structures (Monopoly, Monopolistic Competition, Oligopolies)
Price discrimination
Game Theory
Producer Theory
Course material
The book that we recommend for this course (so no obligated studymaterial):
Book: Ooghe, E. and Verbeke, T. (2024). Economics, an introduction. Acco Uitgeverij.
ISBN:
Language of instruction: more information
The recommended book and available literature and course material are in English.
Format: more information
During classes, theory is explained and its implications for real world problems are discussed. At the end of each chapter, review questions and exercises are solved in class, with students' participation.
Individual help and feedback from the lecturer is available at all times. Students can also make appointments at other times.
A trial exam takes place during the semester. Students may take this chance in order to test their knowledge. The grades of the trial exam do not matter for the course evaluation.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Microeconomics for Business (B-KUL-H75903)
Explanation
The exam exists of multiple choice questions.
The grades are determined by the lecturer as communicated via Toledo and stated in the examination schedule. The result is calculated and communicated as a number on a scale of 20.
For the multiple choice questions on the exam a correction for incorrect answers is applied. We use a higher cesure of 60%. In class and in the slides the application of the higher cesure is explained in detail.
Information about retaking exams
The format of the exam and determination of the results is exactly the same in the second exam period.
ECTS Corporate Law and Accounting (B-KUL-HBA08A)
Aims
The course aims at contributing to the following learning results:
The student ...
- Understands basic theories, basic terms, and basic concepts of each management domain, in particular with respect to the financial, operational, commercial and organisational activities, and applies them when solving (business) economics problems (2.a)
- Has functional knowledge of the general legal provisions and the fiscal aspects concerning legal and natural persons (2.a.5)
- Has insight into the current financial reporting regulations and applies them to register financial transactions (2.e)
- Is able to record core events concerning the formation of companies, changes in capital, company taks and result appropriation as well as the primary financing arrangements according to double-entry accounting and in line with company law (2.e.5)
Analyses issues in different management domains on the basis of appropriate theories, concepts and models and proposes a scientifically sound solution (2.t)
Explains general problems of (business) economics in a legal way using a selection of relevant sources of law as well as the functional knowledge of law (4.e)
Previous knowledge
If you want to follow this course, it is advisable to have completed the following courses first: Financial Accounting and Introduction to Law.
Knowledge of general accounting techniques and general principles of law, especially the law on obligations, contracts and liability (inclusive torts).
Identical courses
HBH74A: Vennootschapsrecht en -boekhouden
HLH31A: Vennootschapsrecht en -boekhouden
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (incoming) (Brussels et al) 242 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Corporate Law and Accounting (B-KUL-HBA08a)
Content
Company law and/or journal entries related to:
- general characteristics and types of companies;
- formation of companies;
- capital formation, capital transactions and capital protection;
- management of companies - position of board of directors – directors’ liability;
- general meeting and position of shareholders;
- external control – audit of companies;
- financing of companies;
- processing of companies;
- tax cycle;
- restructuring and conversion of companies;
- liquidation and bankruptcy of companies.
Course material
Compulsory study material:
GHIJSELINCK, V., BRUYNSEELS, L., DEKEYSER, M. and VAN DEN BOSSCHE, J. (2021). Corporate accounting. Wommelgem. Uitgeverij Van In (ISBN: 978-90-306-9875-3)
Study material on Toledo
Format: more information
The content of this course is taught by means of ex cathedra lectures and interaction between the teacher and students.
The colleges contain theory and practical cases as well as exercises.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Corporate Law and Accounting (B-KUL-H70992)
Explanation
The exam 'Corporate Law and Accounting' consists of two parts, more in particular 'Corporate accounting' and 'Corporate law'. Both parts are marked on 10 points.
If on each separate part at least a mark of 4 out of 10 is obtained (not rounded off mark), the final mark will be the sum of the two marks obtained, rounded off to a whole number.
If a mark of less than 4 out of 10 is obtained in one or both parts, the final mark will be the lowest mark obtained in one of the two parts (converted to 20 and rounded up to a whole number).
If a student has not passed the OPO and the OPO is resumed in the third examination period, then that part of the course on which:
- a mark of at least 5 out of 10 was obtained, will not be resumed. The previously obtained mark will be recalculated in the new final mark. In other words, there is a partial transfer of the originally obtained partial mark that is set off in the new final mark for that course unit. Students have the possibility to opt out of a partial transfer; if they do so, they will lose the previously obtained result and the newly obtained result will replace it.
- a mark of less than 5 out of 10, however, will be resumed. The 'Best result principle' does not apply to the level of the two different parts that are part of the exam!
If the OPO is resumed in a next academic year, both parts of the exam need to be resumed. No marks of parts will be transferred to a next academic year.
Calculator: the use of an own calculator is not allowed. The KUL will put a calculator at disposal of the students.
Chart of accounts: the use of your own chart of accounts is not allowed. The KUL will put a chart of accounts at disposal of the students.
Closed book exam.
A translation dictionary and an explanatory dictionary are not allowed.
Information about retaking exams
If a student has not passed the OPO and the OPO is resumed in the third examination period, then that part of the course on which:
- a mark of at least 5 out of 10 was obtained, will not be resumed. The previously obtained mark will be recalculated in the new final mark. In other words, there is a partial transfer of the originally obtained partial mark that is set off in the new final mark for that course unit. Students have the possibility to opt out of a partial transfer; if they do so, they will lose the previously obtained result and the newly obtained result will replace it.
- a mark of less than 5 out of 10, however, will be resumed. The 'Best result principle' does not apply to the level of the two different parts that are part of the exam!
If the OPO is resumed in a next academic year, both parts of the exam need to be resumed. No marks of parts will be transferred to a next academic year.
Calculator: the use of an own calculator is not allowed. The KUL will put a calculator at disposal of the students.
Chart of accounts: the use of your own chart of accounts is not allowed. The KUL will put a chart of accounts at disposal of the students.
Closed book exam.
A translation dictionary and an explanatory dictionary are not allowed.
ECTS Introduction to Law (B-KUL-HBA08C)
Aims
Students acquire a balanced legal grounding in order to apply it to business economic situations. As a result, this course should not be considered on its own but must be situated in a business economic context. The course is an introduction to legal science, basic structures of legal systems, legal terminology, and legal reasoning. The business economic context refers to the importance of law for the regulation of business economic situations and contracts. The course has an international, European and comparative perspective.
In this course, the following key objectives are (partially or fully) realized:
- From a multidisciplinary perspective (and on the economic, legal, historic and social level), situates, analyses and evaluates the main powers and policies of international organisations regarding international trade and investment.
- Explains general problems of (business) economics in a legal way using a selection of relevant sources of law as well as the functional knowledge of law.
The position of the course in the framework of the learning objectives of the programme can be found under the section “Objectives” of the “Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels)”.
Previous knowledge
No prior knowledge is required for this course.
Identical courses
HLH17B: Inleiding tot het recht
Y00914: Inleiding tot het recht
HBH60E: Inleiding tot het recht
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Engineering (Brussels et al) 180 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Introduction to Law (B-KUL-HBA08c)
Content
This course will deal with the following topics:
A. GENERAL INTRODUCTION:
1. What is law?
2. Relevance of law.
3. Law and society; functions of law and classifications of law.
4. Enforcement
B. SYSTEMS AND SOURCES:
1. Different legal systems.
2. Historical development of different legal systems.
3. Hierarchy of laws.
C. PUBLIC LAW:
1. State and its powers.
2. Constitutional law and fundamental rights.
3. Sources of law and hierarchy of law.
3. Principles of administrative law.
D. INTERNATIONAL LAW:
1. International law and regional integration.
2. European Union law.
3. Human rights law
PART 2 - PRIVATE LAW:
1. Basics of property law
2. Basics of contract law.
3. Basics of tort law.
4. Basics of commercial/economic law
Course material
http://public.hubrussel.be/Ancor/SSM/Pages/BekijkSSM.aspx?OID=17968
Course material publised on Toledo
Language of instruction: more information
This course is taught in English.
Format: more information
The course consists of formal lectures with debates and exercises.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Introduction to Law (B-KUL-H73583)
Explanation
The exam „Introduction to Law“ consists of two parts. Part 1 (part: Prof. Demarsin) accounts for 10/20 (= 50 %); part 2 (part: Prof. Dusil) for 10/12 (50 %)
ECTS Courses Galway stage 4 second term (B-KUL-HBA08G)
Is included in these courses of study
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Courses Galway stage 4 second term (B-KUL-HBA08g)
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Courses Galway stage 4 second term (B-KUL-H75787)
ECTS Psychology (B-KUL-HBA08H)
Aims
The course aims at contributing to the following learning results:
The student...
- Uses disciplinary scientific knowledge to solve business economic problems (4.d)
- Identifies the limitations of research and questions the research findings (8c)
- Shows interest in current affairs and broadens his background knowledge (8.g)
- Connects the psycho-social and ethical insights with the business economic reality in a reasoned way (12.b)
In the Psychology course, students are expected to gain a scientifically sound insight in various relevant aspects of human functioning. This is important for two reasons. First, such an insight is an essential part of the general education intrinsic to a polyvalent training at an academic level. Moreover, a critical reflection on psychological processes will contribute to the personal and social growth of the individual student. Second, this insight constitutes an indispensable foundation for understanding both the human factor in organizations and the economic behavior of groups and individuals.
Behavior and mental processes will be studied as resulting from an interaction between biological factors, psychological factors (perception, cognition, motivation, etc.), and social factors (norms and values, socio-cultural and situational context, etc.). To this end, theoretical frameworks and research methods that support these different perspectives will be treated to gain a better understanding of individual behavior and processes (sensation, perception, learning, judgment & decision making, intelligence, creativity, emotion, motivation, personality) and social behavior and processes (social perception, social influence, social interaction, group behavior, behavior between groups, etc.). Finally, selected topics on well-being/mental health and cognitive ergonomics / usability will be treated.
The position of the course in the framework of the learning objectives of the program can be found under the section “Objectives” of the “Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels)”.
Previous knowledge
No prior knowledge is required for this course.
Identical courses
D0T02A: Psychologie
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Engineering (Brussels et al) 180 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Psychology (B-KUL-HBA08h)
Content
INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY
Psychology as a science.
Thinking like a psychological scientist
History of psychology*
The brain
CONDUCTING RESEARCH IN PSYCHOLOGY
Research designs
Conducting psychology in the real world
Statistical thinking
FOUNDATIONS
Sensation and perception
Vision
Failures of awareness
Attention.
Judgment and decision making
Conditioning and learning
Memory
SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Social cognition and attitudes
Social comparison
Persuasion: So easily fooled
The psychology of groups
Prejudice, discrimination, and stereotyping
DIVERSITY & DEVELOPMENT
Personality traits
Intelligence
Self-regulation and conscientiousness
Creativity*
EMOTION & MOTIVATION
Functions of emotions
Motives and goals
Drive states.
WELL-BEING
The healthy life
Happiness: The science of subjective well-being
COGNITIVE ERGONOMICS/USABILTY
The psychology of everyday things*
*will be included if time allows
Course material
all study materials will be provided without cost via Toledo (no handbooks required).
Format: more information
Courses take the form of interactive hearings in which students are challenged to pose their questions, reflect upon the course material and seek for examples in their own experiences/environment.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Psychology (B-KUL-H75904)
Explanation
Correction for incorrect answers for multiple-choice questions is applied, i.e., correct answer = 1 point, incorrect answer = -.33 point, no answer = 0 points.
40-50% of grade on multiple-choice questions
50-60% of grade on open questions (sentence completion format)
Information about retaking exams
The features of the evaluation and determination of grades are identical to those of the first examination opportunity, as described in the tab 'Explanation'.
ECTS Financial Statement Analysis (B-KUL-HBA09C)
Aims
After completing this course, the student can:
- Define the basic concepts of financial statements (e.g., its purpose, structure, etc.).
- Apply the mechanics of financial reporting (e.g., assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses, the accounting equation, etc.).
- Interpret the income statement and solve special issues regarding revenue and expense recognition.
- Interpret the balance sheet and solve special issues regarding current and non-current assets and liabilities.
- Construct a cashflow statement and assess a firm’s cash position.
- Calculate financial ratios and interpret them.
- Relate to the financial statement analysis framework
- Show the basics of consolidation (e.g., goodwill, group consolidated accounts, etc.)
All these elements will be covered using the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) framework.
Within the broad goals of the study programme, following this course, the student will come closer to:
- Acquiring thorough knowledge in business studies and developing a great business sensitivity which he is able to use in a targeted way when analysing and solving organisational and management problems.
- Gaining knowledge of and understanding the theories and models of economic sciences and usings them to analyze organisational and management problems, also in an international context.
- Gaining knowledge and insight into the supporting sciences (mathematics, statistics ...) and their applications. In particular, the student is able to use quantitative models to analyse and solve organisational and management problems in a defined context.
- Displaying an inquisitive attitude: accuracy, critical reflection, scientific curiousness, justification of choices made
- Recognising the social and ethical aspects of management and can reflect critically on them.
- Gaining insight into his or her own competencies and motives, taking a pro-active attitude towards his or her own development and reflecting critically on their own behaviour.
---
2.a Understands basic theories, basic terms, and basic concepts of each management domain, in particular with respect to the financial, operational, commercial and organisational activities, and can apply them when solving business problems.
2.a.6 Students are able to describe and apply the main financial concepts and theories within corporate finance
2.c Understands and substantiates the critical importance of each management domain for a successful organisation and the coherence with other management domains.
2.c.1 Students are able to position the role of the financial manager and the goals of corporate finance within a broader corporate perspective
2.i Masters the basic concepts and the overall functioning of banking, the stock market and the insurance business as well as the characteristics and functioning of the most important financial products and financial markets.
2.i.2 Students are able to determine the financial value of the main financial instruments used in corporate finance i.e. stocks and bonds
2.j Using the principles of time value of money, interprets information from financial reporting and news coverage, and uses all this as input in financial issues.
2.j.2 Students are able to apply the principles of time value of money to several valuation exercises
2.k Makes a reasoned assessment of the impact of uncertainty on the financial decisions of individuals and organisations.
2.k.1 Students are able to financing and investment decisions with a risk-return framework
8.a Identifies (business) economic challenges with practical relevance and relates them to insights developed in the field.
8.a.1 Students are able to analyse investment and financing decisions using science-based theoretical frameworks
8.g Shows interest in current affairs and broadens his background knowledge.
8.g.3 Students are able to critically reflect on the financial news and are able to assess the implications of the financial news on corporate finance decision
12.d Integrates sustainability values in the analysis of topical (business) economic problems and proposes solutions that take into account these values.
12.d.1 Students are able to critically reflect on the sustainability of financial decisions
Previous knowledge
If you want to follow this course, it is advisable to have completed the following courses first:
Financial accounting A and B: students have to understand the elements on the balance sheet and in the income statement in order to be able to perform a financial analysis and to do the consolidation exercises.
Identical courses
HBH61E: Financiële rapportering en analyse
HLH18B: Financiële rapportering en analyse
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (incoming) (Brussels et al) 242 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Financial Statement Analysis (B-KUL-HBA09c)
Content
Topics that will be covered are:
- Basic concepts to financial statement analysis
- Mechanics to financial reporting
- Financial reporting standards
- Income statement, balance sheet, and cash flow statement
- Financial statement analysis
- Special topics (adjustments to the financial statements)
- Basic consolidation principles
Note that, all elements will be covered using the IFRS framework.
Course material
All course material are available in Toledo, these include:
- Slides for the lectures
- Exercises
- Syllabus
Format: more information
The content of this course is taught by means of lectures.
The lectures contain theory and exercises - and are used to get familiar with the new course content.
During the lectures, the professor will use simple and practical examples to make the course content more clear, concrete, and practical.
There are also exercise sessions where the professor provides solutions to additional exercises.
Note that the syllabus and slides are separate from each other. Students are, thus, invited to attend the classes.
After comlpeting a chapter from the syllabus, the students are encouraged to test their knowledge via quizes on Toledo.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Financial Statement Analysis (B-KUL-H73584)
Explanation
The exam will consist of questions related to the syllabus and lecture slides.
The questions will test your theoretical and practical (i.e., excercises) knowledge about the course in the form of multiple choice and open questions.
During the exam the students will get a list of formulas attached to their copies.
The student is requird to bring along a NON-GRAPHICAL calculator.
The use of a dictionary is not allowed.
ECTS Descriptive Statistics and Probability for Business (B-KUL-HBA09H)
Aims
It is necessary for a professional business economist to be able to interpret in a correct way these data and research. Descriptive Statistics and Probability for Business starts with descriptive statistics. The second part of the course consists of an introduction to the theory of probability which is needed for the study of so called inductive statistics in follow-up courses.
In this course, the following key objectives are (partially or fully) realized:
- Uses descriptive and inferential statistical methods and techniques to solve (business) economic problems.
- Applies descriptive statistical methods and techniques
- In line with the given practical relevance and the definition of the (business) economics problem, chooses and uses the appropriate techniques to acquire, analyse and interpret data.
- Chooses and uses the appropiate descriptive statistical techniques to analyse and interpret data.
- Critically assesses (scientific) information, data and structures, and processes all this in line with solving (business) economics problem with practical relevance.
- Summarizes (scientific) information and data by means of descriptive statistics and graphs.
- Is familiar with relevant ICT applications and uses the knowledge and skills to solve (business) economic problems.
- Is familiar with Excel for graphical and algebraic descriptive statistical techniques.
The position of the course in the framework of the learning objectives of the programme can be found under the section “Objectives” of the “Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels)”.
Previous knowledge
If you want to follow this course, it is advisable to have completed the following courses first
- Mathematics for Business A: have a level of knowledge and especially of maturity that will favor their understanding of Descriptive Statistics and probability for Business.
Is included in these courses of study
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Descriptive Statistics and Probability for Business (B-KUL-HBA09h)
Content
Descriptive statistics and probability
- Introduction with basic terminology (type of variables, …)
- Topic 1: descriptive statistics for a qualitative variable (frequency table, mode, graphical representations)
- Topic 2: descriptive statistics for a quantitative variable (needle graph/histogram, summary measures, percentiles and boxplot, transformations, binned data)
- Topic 3: descriptive statistics for relationships between variables (contingency tables, stacked column charts, side-by-side boxplots, scatterplot, correlation coefficient, least squares line)
- Topic 4: Probability (definition, rule of Laplace, counting rules, axioms of Kolmogorov, conditional probability, probability trees)
- Topic 5: Discrete random variables (probability distribution, probabilities, percentiles, summary measures, binomial distribution)
- Topic 6: Continuous random variables (density, probabilities, percentiles, summary measures, normal distribution)
- Topic 7: Sums and averages of random variables (Linear combination, sum and averages of independent random variables, Central Limit Theorem)
Processing and presenting data in Excel
Basic skills in Excel are discussed and applied in exercises. The following topics are discussed:
- Worksheet set up
- Absolute and relative referencing with $-sign
- Working with functions: e.g. Count, Sum & Average,…
- Principles of creating good graphs and tables
Course material
Course material can be found on Toledo.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Descriptive Statistics and Probability for Business (B-KUL-H75905)
Explanation
1. Exam
During the examination period, there is a written closed book exam with mainly open questions. Students are allowed to use a formula sheet. More information is provided on Toledo. The exam is scored on 17 points.
2. Partial evaluation
During the semester, partial evaluation is organized (individually, based on personalized questions) in which students can use Excel skills to solve the questions. More practical details are available on Toledo. The intermediate tests are scored on 3 points.
Not participating in the partial evaluation results in a zero score for the respective part of the final score. Not participating in the exam results in the final score NA. For multiple choice questions, there is no correction for incorrect answers.
Information about retaking exams
The result obtained on the partial evaluation during the semester is no longer taken into account for the result in the third exam period. Consequently, this result only consists of the score (on a total of 20) on the written exam organized during the third exam period. Note that Excel knowledge is still required for the written exam.
ECTS Strategic Management (B-KUL-HBA10C)
Aims
What makes an organization unique and how does it manage to create value for its customers, employees, shareholders, and other stakeholders. That is the essence of strategy. The course Strategic Management aims at giving students insight into the importance of strategy, and how to develop (and implement) strategy while taking into account the internal and external environment of an organization and paying attention to the various stakeholders of the organiziation. Several methods, tools and theoretical frameworks will be presented that will guide students in thinking critically about the strategic choices that need to be made in organizations, and that will allow them to apply strategic management in practice.
The course aims at contributing to the following learning results:
The student...
- Analyses the environment in which an organisation is active and estimates the influence of environmental factors on the functioning of the organization (1.a).
- Performs an analysis of the external and internal environment in which the organisation is operating and applies the learned theories and tools/frameworks as a basis to define and implement a strategy (1.a.3).
- Understands and clarifies the diverse relations of the organisation with its stakeholders and integrates these insights in de development of a strategy (1.a.4).
- Understands basic theories, basic terms and basic concepts of strategic management and uses them to critically evaluate the organisational strategy and make proposals to adjust the latter (1.b)
- Explains the process of strategy formulation of an organization and is able to match in this context classic and contemporary management theories (1.b.5)
- Performs an analysis of and compares various streams, mind-sets, attitudes, concepts and trends in the theory and practice of strategic management. (1.b.6)
- Matches theory and practice of strategic management (1.b.7)
- Applies relevant models/frameworks and approaches of strategic management in practice. (1.b.8)
- Uses the analysis of a (business) economic problem to develop and propose a solution in line with the organisational strategy (1.c)
- Interprets a (business) economic problem related to the strategy of an organization (1.c.1)
- Selects relevant models/frameworks and tools/techniques in order to frame a (business) economic problem within the strategy of an organization (1.c.2)
- Understands basic theories, basic terms, and basic concepts of each management domain, in particular with respect to the financial, operational, commercial and organisational activities, and applies them when solving (business) economics problems (2.a)
- Critically reflects on advantages and drawbacks of the own discipline and understands the interrelations between diverse disciplines (2.a.7)
- Analyzes and reflects critically on scientific research in the discipline of strategic management (2.a.8)
- Understands and substantiates the critical importance of each management domain for a successful organisation and the coherence with other management domains (2.c)
- Understands the various management domains for a successful organisation and the coherence with strategy/strategic management (2.c.5)
- Within the different management domains, develops proposals for the implementation of a certain organisational strategy, critically analyses the consequences of them and, based on this analysis, formulates proposals to adjust the organisational strategy (2.d)
- Within the different management domains, develops proposals for the implementation of a certain organisational strategy, critically analyses the consequences of them and, based on this analysis, formulates proposals to adjust the organisational strategy (2.d.1)
- Detects the impact of regional, national and international environmental factors on corporate policies and estimates the complexity of operating in an international environment when putting together a strategy (3.a)
- Understands the importance of strategies for international growth (3.a.2)
- Enumerates and recognises the most important internationalisation strategies and processes of organisations (3.a.3)
Previous knowledge
If you want to follow this course, it is advisable to have completed the following courses first:
Management
Identical courses
HBH63E: Strategisch management
HLH20B: Strategisch management
Y00927: Strategic Management
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (incoming) (Brussels et al) 242 ects.
- Preparatory Programme: Master of Business Administration (Programme for students started before 2023-2024) (Brussels) 90 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Preparatory Programme: Master of Business Administration (Programme for students started in 2023-2024 or later) (Brussels) 75 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Strategic Management (B-KUL-HBA10c)
Content
What is strategic management?
- Definition of strategy
- Importance of strategy
- Strategic mission
Internal and external analysis
- Product/customer analysis
- Competitor analysis
- Industry analysis
Strategic orientation and selection
- Competitive advantage
- Strategic priorities
- Strategic change
Execution of strategy
Course material
The course material consists of slides available on Toledo, together with relevant articles and studies on strategic management.
Customized book
Thompson; Strciland, Gamble, peteraf, et. al. (2016) Crafing an executing strategy: The quest for competitve advantage, McGraw-Hill.
Format: more information
The lectures are interactive with room for discussion on academic research and complemented with news facts, case studies and testimonies.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Strategic Management (B-KUL-H73585)
Explanation
The lecturer examines insight and the ability to apply the learning content by means of a written closed book exam.
The grades are determined by the lecturer as communicated via Toledo and stated in the examination schedule. The multiple choice questions will be corrected for guessing. The result is calculated and communicated as a whole number on a scale of 20.
Correction for guessing for Multiple choice: questions The standard setting (also called cesure system) applies: a correct answer will always result in a positive score. Wrong answers will no longer be punished with negative scores (minus points). Both wrong and unanswered questions result in zero points. HOWEVER, In standard setting, grades are converted afterwards causing you to have to answer more than half the questions correctly to pass the examination or that specific part of the examination. The exact calcuation (which depends on the number of questions) will be posted on Toledo.
Information about retaking exams
The evaluation in the second exam opportunity is the same as in the first exam opportunity (as explained above). There is no resist for the assignments.
ECTS Financial Statement Analysis (B-KUL-HBA10H)
Aims
After completing this course, the student can:
- Develop and analyse a comprehensive financial plan
- Define the basic concepts of financial statements (e.g., its purpose, structure, etc.).
- Apply the mechanics of financial reporting (e.g., assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses, the accounting equation, etc.).
- Interpret the income statement and solve special issues regarding revenue and expense recognition.
- Interpret the balance sheet and solve special issue regarding current and non-current assets and liabilities.
- Construct a cashflow statement and assess a firm’s cash position.
- Calculate financial ratios and interpret them.
- Relate to the financial statement analysis framework
- Interpret and analyse the consequences of events occurring within the life cycle of a company.
- Show the basics of consolidation (e.g., goodwill, group consolidated accounts, etc.)
- Understand a number of advanced topics related to accounting and valuation
All these elements will be covered using the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) framework.
Within the broad goals of the study programme, following this course, the student will come closer to:
- Acquiring thorough knowledge in business studies and developing a great business sensitivity which he is able to use in a targeted way when analysing and solving organisational and management problems.
- Gaining knowledge of and understanding the theories and models of economic sciences and usings them to analyze organisational and management problems, also in an international context.
- Gaining knowledge and insight into the supporting sciences (mathematics, statistics ...) and their applications. In particular, the student is able to use quantitative models to analyse and solve organisational and management problems in a defined context.
- Displaying an inquisitive attitude: accuracy, critical reflection, scientific curiousness, justification of choices made
- Recognising the social and ethical aspects of management and can reflect critically on them.
- Gaining insight into his or her own competencies and motives, taking a pro-active attitude towards his or her own development and reflecting critically on their own behaviour.
---
2.a Understands basic theories, basic terms, and basic concepts of each management domain, in particular with respect to the financial, operational, commercial and organisational activities, and can apply them when solving business problems.
- 2.a.6 Students are able to describe and apply the main financial concepts and theories within corporate finance
2.c Understands and substantiates the critical importance of each management domain for a successful organisation and the coherence with other management domains.
- 2.c.1 Students are able to position the role of the financial manager and the goals of corporate finance within a broader corporate perspective
2.i Masters the basic concepts and the overall functioning of banking, the stock market and the insurance business as well as the characteristics and functioning of the most important financial products and financial markets.
- 2.i.2 Students are able to determine the financial value of the main financial instruments used in corporate finance i.e. stocks and bonds
2.j Using the principles of time value of money, interprets information from financial reporting and news coverage, and uses all this as input in financial issues.
- 2.j.2 Students are able to apply the principles of time value of money to several valuation exercises
2.k Makes a reasoned assessment of the impact of uncertainty on the financial decisions of individuals and organisations.
- 2.k.1 Students are able to financing and investment decisions with a risk-return framework
8.a Identifies (business) economic challenges with practical relevance and relates them to insights developed in the field.
- 8.a.1 Students are able to analyse investment and financing decisions using science-based theoretical frameworks
8.g Shows interest in current affairs and broadens his background knowledge.
- 8.g.3 Students are able to critically reflect on the financial news and are able to assess the implications of the financial news on corporate finance decision
12.d Integrates sustainability values in the analysis of topical (business) economic problems and proposes solutions that take into account these values.
- 12.d.1 Students are able to critically reflect on the sustainability of financial decisions
Previous knowledge
If you want to follow this course, it is advisable to have completed the following courses first:
Financial accounting A and B: students have to understand the elements on the balance sheet and in the income statement in order to be able to perform a financial analysis and to do the consolidation exercises.
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (incoming) (Brussels et al) 242 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Engineering (Brussels et al) 180 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Financial Statement Analysis (B-KUL-HBA10h)
Content
Topics that will be covered are:
Basic concepts to financial statement analysis
Mechanics to financial reporting
Financial reporting standards
Income statement, balance sheet, and cash flow statement
Financial statement analysis
Basic consolidation principles
Note that, all elements will be covered using the IFRS framework.
Course material
All course material is available on Toledo. This includes:
- Slides for the lectures
- Exercises
- Syllabus
Format: more information
The content of this course is taught by means of lectures.
The lectures contain theory and exercises - and are used to get familiar with the new course content.
During the lectures, the professor will use simple and practical examples to make the course content more clear, concrete, and practical.
There are also exercise sessions where the professor provides solutions to additional exercises.
Note that the syllabus and slides are separate from each other. Students are thus invited to attend the classes.
After completing a chapter from the syllabus, the students are encouraged to test their knowledge via quizes on Toledo.
Advanced Accounting and Valuation Topics (B-KUL-HBA10b)
Content
Topics that will be covered are:
- Advanced topics in accounting useful for valuation purposes (e.g., adjustment to the financial statements, consolidation, etc.)
- More in depth financial ratio analyses
- Basic introduction to valuation methods
- Financial planning
Course material
All course material is available on Toledo. This includes:
- Slides for the lectures
- Exercises
Format: more information
The content of this course is taught by means of lectures.
The lectures contain theory and exercises - and are used to get familiar with the new course content.
During the lectures, the professor will use simple and practical examples to make the course content more clear, concrete, and practical.
There are also exercise sessions where the professor provides solutions to additional exercises.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Financial Statement Analysis (B-KUL-H75906)
Explanation
The exam will consist of questions related to the syllabus and lecture slides.
The questions will test your theoretical and practical (i.e., exercises) knowledge about the course in the form of multiple choice questions. The grading of multiple-choice questions does not use a correction for incorrect answers.
During the exam the students will get a list of formulas attached to their copies.
The student is required to bring along a NON-GRAPHICAL calculator.
The use of a dictionary is not allowed.
Information about retaking exams
The features of the evaluation and determination of grades are identical to those of the first examination opportunity, as described in the tab 'Explanation'.
ECTS Dutch 1 (B-KUL-HBA11A)
Aims
In Belgium the Flemish community (Dutch speaking!) is the larger one compared to the French speaking community. Furthermore, it has to be pointed out here that Dutch - it's in the name - is the Dutch people's language, i.e. the language of the inhabitants of the Netherlands. So by learning Dutch foreign candidate-economists not only acquire a tool for socializing and deepening their understanding of Flemish and Belgian culture but they also enhance their opportunities on the European job and business market considerably.
Dutch 1 provides the student with the necessary knowledge and language skills to take their first successful steps in a new language environment.
In this course, the following key objectives are (partially or fully) realized:
- As far as Dutch is concerned, knows the general vocabulary, specific (business) economic vocabulary and grammar and uses all this accurately in written and oral communication.
- Uses the correct grammatical structures in exercises and translations (written communication).
- acquires frequent general and business vocabulary.
The position of the course in the framework of the learning objectives of the programme can be found under the section “Objectives” of the “Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels)”.
Previous knowledge
No prior knowledge is required for this course.
Identical courses
HBH96E: Nederlands voor gevorderden 1
HBA45C: Dutch 1 (advanced)
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Engineering (Brussels et al) 180 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Dutch 1 (B-KUL-HBA11a)
Content
Parts 1, 2 and 3 of Vanzelfsprekend (Textbook and Workbook).
Course material
- Vanzelfsprekend. Nederlands voor anderstaligen. Tekstboek Engels
Rita Devos, Han Fraeters, Peter Schoenaerts, Helga Van Loo, Acco, 2018
- Vanzelfsprekend. Nederlands voor anderstaligen. Werkboek Engels
Rita Devos, Han Fraeters, Peter Schoenaerts, Helga Van Loo, Acco, 2018
Language of instruction: more information
The medium of instruction is Dutch if possible and English if necessary.
Format: more information
Classes consist of interactive sessions and practice. New vocabulary and grammar items are taught in interactive sessions by means of short texts and dialogues.
Of course, we organise reading and (short) speaking exercises regularly. In this respect self-activation of students is of the utmost importance.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Dutch 1 (B-KUL-H70993)
Explanation
Students can choose between two formats:
- Format 1: written exam (../20)
- Format 2: permanent evaluation (../12) and written exam (../8)
More information about the permanent evaluation format will be provided on Toledo at the start of the semester. If students choose Format 2, they must register via Tolinto (deadline will be provided in due time). No format changes can be made after the deadline.
More details will be provided on Toledo.
Information about retaking exams
If students need to resit the exam, the exam format is a written exam.
ECTS Personnel and Organization (B-KUL-HBA11C)
Aims
The course aims at contributing to the following learning results:
The student...
Understands basic theories, basic terms, and basic concepts of each management domain, in particular with respect to the financial, operational, commercial and organisational activities, and applies them when solving (business) economics problems (2.a)
Distinguishes and clarifies the different ways in which activities and processes in organisations are organised, structured and managed (2.b)
Understands and substantiates the critical importance of each management domain for a successful organisation and the coherence with other management domains (2.c)
Explains HR processes and tools for the flow of personnel in, through and out of organisations and explains the relationship between them (2.n)
Shows how HR tools and processes act on the functioning of an individual, group or organization (2.o)
Analyses issues in different management domains on the basis of appropriate theories, concepts and models and proposes a scientifically sound solution (2.t)
Uses disciplinary scientific knowledge to solve (business) economic problems (4.d)
Critically assesses (scientific) information, data and structures, and processes all this in line with solving (business) economics problem with practical relevance (7.d)
Sets forth a logical and coherent argumentation to support choices made when solving a (business) economic problem with practical relevance (8.d)
Estimates the impact of business operations on various stakeholders and society (12.a)
Connects the psycho-social and ethical insights with the (business) economic reality in a reasoned way (12.b)
Integrates sustainability values in the analysis of topical (business) economic problems and proposes solutions that take into account these values (12d)
Previous knowledge
If you want to follow this course, it is advisable to have completed the following courses first: Management and Psychology.
Identical courses
HBH64E: Personeel en organisatie
HBN55B: Mens en organisatie
Y00928: Personeel en organisatie
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (incoming) (Brussels et al) 242 ects.
- Preparatory Programme: Master of Business Administration (Programme for students started before 2023-2024) (Brussels) 90 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Personnel and Organization (B-KUL-HBA11c)
Content
Topics that will be covered are:
- Evolution HR and recent HRM trends
- Job analysis and job evaluation
- Recruitment and selection
- Socialization of newcomers
- Performance management, motivation, and leadership
- Conflict management
- Change management
- Dismissal
Course material
Caers, R. (2021) HRM Basics. 3th Edition, Intersentia.
Format: more information
Lectures will be combined with activating teaching forms. Students are invited to attend the classes and to take part in group discussions.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Personnel and Organization (B-KUL-H73606)
Explanation
The exam includes 40 multiple choice questions with 4 choice options. No negative marking is used. Instead, the system of standard setting is applied.
Information about retaking exams
The features of the evaluation and determination of the grades in the second exam opportunity are identical to those of the first examination opportunity, as described above.
ECTS Management Project 2 (B-KUL-HBA11H)
Aims
The course aims at contributing to the following learning results:
The student...
- Analyses the environment in which an organisation is active and estimates the influence of environmental factors on the functioning of the organization (1.a)
- Uses the analysis of a (business) economic problem to develop and propose a solution in line with the organisational strategy (1.c)
- Understands basic theories, basic terms, and basic concepts of each management domain, in particular with respect to the financial, operational, commercial and organisational activities, and applies them when solving (business) economics problems (2.a)
- Distinguishes and clarifies the different ways in which activities and processes in organisations are organised, structured and managed (2.b)
- Understands and substantiates the critical importance of each management domain for a successful organisation and the coherence with other management domains (2.c)
- Within the different management domains, develops proposals for the implementation of a certain organisational strategy, critically analyses the consequences of them and, based on this analysis, formulates proposals to adjust the organisational strategy (2.d)
- Analyses issues in different management domains on the basis of appropriate theories, concepts and models and proposes a scientifically sound solution (2.t)
- Clearly formulates the problem in dialogue with the supervisor(s) but with a sufficient degree of autonomy, defines the research thesis and derives research questions from it for a (business) economics problem with practical relevance (6.a)
- Refers in a correct and consistent manner to scientific sources (7.b)
- Critically assesses (scientific) information, data and structures, and processes all this in line with solving (business) economics problem with practical relevance (7.d)
- Identifies (business) economic challenges with practical relevance and relates them to insights developed in the field (8.a)
- Takes into consideration alternative explanations and methods when analysing and solving a (business) economic problem with practical relevance (8.b)
- Sets forth a logical and coherent argumentation to support choices made when solving a (business) economic problem with practical relevance (8.d)
- In a team and depending on the context, takes on management, executive or supportive tasks and as such contributes actively to a joint result (9.a)
- Listens to the opinion of others and constructively deals with various opinions and cultures (9.b)
- Uses the language of instruction to communicate orally and in writing with an audience of specialists and non-specialists, and such in a way that is correct on the level of grammar and vocabulary; uses a style that is common in a (business) economics context (10.a)
- Independently or in team, efficiently carries out a clearly defined assignment (11.a)
- Demonstrates creativity, takes initiative, assumes responsibility, and sets priorities when carrying out economic (business) assignments (11.b)
- Analyses an economic problem in its context, combines data to solve this problem and uses the accumulated multidisciplinary knowledge (11.c)
- Suggests and evaluates alternative solutions to a problem (11.d)
- Evaluates the feasibility of a project by correctly estimating the required resources and the related risks (11.e)
- During a discussion or conversation, explains and defends a view on (business) economic problems (11.f)
- Is familiar with relevant ICT applications and uses the knowledge and skills to solve (business) economic problems (11.g)
- Uses management skills and entrepreneurship in a business context (11.h)
- Has insight into his or her own competencies and motives, takes a pro-active attitude towards his or her own development and can reflect critically on their own behaviour (13).
Previous knowledge
It is required that students have reached the first milestone before they take up the course Management Project 2. The knowledge gained in the following courses is necessary: Research Methods 1, Financial Accounting A and B, Management project 1 and Management.
Identical courses
HBH65E: Managementproject 2
HBA13C: Management Project 2
Is included in these courses of study
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Management Project 2 (B-KUL-HBA11h)
Content
Student teams carry out a well-defined group assignment concerning a key enterprise of their choice.
The assignment consists of two parts:
1) Screening part: the key enterprise is screened, taking into account the following management domains:
- Strategy
- Marketing
- Finance
- Personnel and Organisation
- Business processes
The students collaborate well within the team and produce an integrated discussion of the management domains. For each management domain, the student team identifies strenghts and weaknesses and writes a concise proposal for improvement.
2) Improvement part: based on the results from the first part, one of the weaknesses or problems is selected. The student team writes a report containing (1) an elaboration of the company problem and the functional domain in which it is situated, (2) a central research question aimed at solving the company problem, (3) more detailed research objectives and (4) a research methodology to address the research objectives. At every step, it is important to draw insights from the relevant (academic) literature.
Furthermore, each student prepares a self and peer assessment.
Course material
All course material is provided via Toledo.
Format: more information
Group assignment
Self and peer assessment
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Management Project 2 (B-KUL-H75907)
Explanation
Management Project 2 is evaluated by a coach on the basis of two components:
- a written screening report (1/2 of the score, being a team score). This report contains a review of five functional business domains.
- a written improvement proposal (1/2 of the score, being a team score). This report is related to a relevant company problem identified by the team and a research proposal aimed at solving the problem.
The resulting team score can be negatively adjusted up to 1/3 for a particular student if this student does not demonstrate the following team skills:
• Attendance at every feedback meeting organized by the management coach
• Attendance at every meeting organized by the team
• Basic politeness, i.e. coming to a meeting on time and correct mail etiquette
• Overall contribution to the group report and ability to answer questions on any part of the group report
If you cannot attend a meeting, it is important to notify your coach immediately and to submit proof of force majeure (e.g. doctor’s note).
Information about retaking exams
ECTS Dutch 2 (B-KUL-HBA12A)
Aims
In this course, the following key objectives are (partially or fully) realized:
- Shows interest in current affairs and broadens his background knowledge.
- As far as foreign languages are concerned, knows the general vocabulary, specific (business) economic vocabulary and grammar and uses all this accurately in written and oral communication.
- Uses correct grammatical structures in exercises and translations (written and oral communication).
- Acquires frequent general and business economic vocabulary
The position of the course in the framework of the learning objectives of the programme can be found under the section “Objectives” of the “Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels)”.
Previous knowledge
If you want to follow this course, it is advisable to have completed the following courses first:
Dutch I
Identical courses
HBA46C: Dutch 2 (advanced)
HBH97E: Nederlands voor gevorderden 2
HBA05H: Dutch 2
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Engineering (Brussels et al) 180 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Dutch 2 (B-KUL-HBA12a)
Content
Among others the following topics will be dealt with: Winkelen (shopping), wonen (living), een werkdag (a workday), vrije tijd (leisure time), op reis (travelling), gisteren (the past)
Grammar:
- Pluralis (regelmatig)/ 'er' plus numerale/om...te + infinitief
- Pronomen possessivum/ Verwijzen naar dingen/adjectief/comparatief/ syntaxis: plaats van 'dan'/pluralis substantiva
- Welk/welke / conjuncties: als en omdat / syntaxis: bijzin / combinaties hoofdzin en bijzin / 'want' en 'omdat' / 'er' en 'daar'
- indirecte zin / bijzin met 'dat' / separabel verbum / perfectum 1
Language of instruction: more information
Dutch will be practised as much as possible in the course. Sometimes, however, the teacher may switch to English for translation or explanation.
Format: more information
In the lessons the following learning methods and activities will be practised:
• Listening to dialogues by native speakers
• Reading texts
• Word explanation and vocabulary exercises
• Learning grammatical structures and doing grammatical exercises
• Pronunciation exercises
• Conversation exercises
• Writing exercises
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Dutch 2 (B-KUL-H71402)
Explanation
The written exam will relate to the subject material that has been dealt with in class.
Students can choose between 2 formats:
- Format 1: NO permanent evaluation but a written exam (../20)
- Format 2: permanent evaluation (../12) and an exam (../8) (More information about the system of permanent evaluation will be provided on Toledo at the start of the semester.)
Students have to register for one of the formats via a Tolinto-link before a given deadline.
No changes can be made after the deadline.
Any changes to the conditions of evaluation will be announced on Toledo.
ECTS Marketing (B-KUL-HBA12C)
Aims
The course aims at contributing to the following learning results:
The student...
- Analyses the environment in which an organisation is active and estimates the influence of environmental factors on the functioning of the organization (1.a)
- Understands basic theories, basic terms, and basic concepts of each management domain, in particular with respect to the financial, operational, commercial and organisational activities, and applies them when solving (business) economics problems (2.a.1)
- Formulates and evaluates critically the objectives and tools of a marketing planning and strategy (2.l)
- Analyses the impact of marketing decisions on the level of the market, the organisation and the consumer (2.m)
- Detects the impact of regional, national and international environmental factors on corporate policies and estimates the complexity of operating in an international environment when putting together a strategy (3.a)
- Analyses price-setting and the various pricing strategies for the most important market forms (3.b)
- Analyses the functioning of organisations and markets in relation to society and its actors (4.c)
- Uses disciplinary scientific knowledge to solve (business) economic problems (4.d)
- Clearly formulates the problem in dialogue with the supervisor(s) but with a sufficient degree of autonomy, defines the research thesis and derives research questions from it for a (business) economics problem with practical relevance (6.a)
- Integrates sustainability values in the analysis of topical (business) economic problems and proposes solutions that take into account these values (12.d)
Previous knowledge
No previous knowledge required.
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Engineering (Brussels et al) 180 ects.
- Preparatory Programme: Master of Business Administration (Programme for students started before 2023-2024) (Brussels) 90 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Marketing (B-KUL-HBA12c)
Content
This course discusses the essentials of marketing by studying following topics:
- Introduction to marketing
- Marketing strategy as a function of business strategy
- The marketing environment
- Consumer behaviour
- Business-to-business marketing
- Segmentation, targeting and positioning
- Product management, difference between product and service marketing
- Pricing strategies
- Promotion
- Managing marketing channels
- Direct marketing & Online marketing
- International marketing
- Sustainable marketing
Students will be assessed with quizzzes during the term as to their understanding of the concepts. Students will also be working with case studies for in-class discussions.
Course material
Marketing Concepts and Strategies, 9th Edition
Sally Dibb, Dr. Lyndon Simkin, William M. Pride, O.C. Ferrell
ISBN-10: 1473778581
ISBN-13: 9781473778580
Format: more information
The classroom activities:
(1) Theory lectures
(2) Case studies - in-class discussions
(3) Quizzes for assessment of knowledge during the term
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Marketing (B-KUL-H73607)
Explanation
The final examination is (70%), is a written closed-book exam on the textbook and the content discussed during the classroom sessions.
The exam consists of multiple-choice questions and closed questions. The remaining 30% of the course grade will be assignments provided and due during the course term.
Information about retaking exams
100% of the resit grade during EP3 will be based on an examination. The assignments from the course term will not count in the resit assessment.
There will be a written closed-book exam on the textbook and the content discussed during the classroom sessions.
The exam consists of multiple-choice questions, open and closed questions.
ECTS Data and Programming Skills (B-KUL-HBA12H)
Is included in these courses of study
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Data and Programming Skills (B-KUL-HBA12h)
Content
Data and programming skills covers:
- Introduction to R and R Studio: installation, packages, data types,
- Reading and writing data
- Data manipulation: transform, clean, tidy, … data
- Working with multiple datasets
- Visualize data using graphs and tables
- Programming in R
Course material
The course material will be made available via Toledo.
Format: more information
Practice session - Traditional lecture
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Data and Programming Skills (B-KUL-H75908)
Explanation
The evaluation has two parts
- A practical part: using R, their own laptop and a dataset that will be made available before the exam. In this part, the answers to the questions are in the data. To find the correct answer, students will need to use R. This part of the exam tests if students can use R in a setting which allows them to use all course material that is available.
- A written part: this part is closed book (no course material, laptop, software, … allowed). Students will be given a command, a series of commands, a program written in R, … and will be offered a number of potential outcomes. One of these outcomes will be the one that the command, series or commands, program … would return. This part tests if students can read R code and predict its outcome without the help of course material.
- Both parts use multiple choice questions and include 20 questions. There is a correction for incorrect answers. Students start at -5 and each part is quoted /15. The result for each part is caluclated as the number of correct answers – 5.
If the result for each of the two parts equals at least 6/15 (equivalent to 8/20), the final grade is the average of the results for both parts, rescaled to 20. If the result for one of the two parts is less than 6/15, the final grade equals the minimum of the results on the two parts.
Information about retaking exams
The features of the evaluation and determination of grades are identical to those of the first examination opportunity, as described in the tab 'Explanation'. Note that students need to retake both parts of the exam, even if they passed one part but failed the other.
ECTS Dutch 3 (B-KUL-HBA13A)
Aims
In this course, the following key objectives are (partially or fully) realized:
- Shows interest in current affairs and broadens his background knowledge.
- As far as foreign languages are concerned, knows the general vocabulary, specific (business) economic vocabulary and grammar and uses all this accurately in written and oral communication.
- Uses correct grammatical structures in exercises and translations (written and oral communication).
- Acquires frequent general and business economic vocabulary.
- Links the contents of articles, letters, conversations and TV programmes to relevant social, historic, political and geographical data of the countries concerned
- Summarizes a text (oral and written), explains it orally and answers questions about its contents and vocabulary.
- During a discussion or conversation, explains and defends a view on (business) economic problems.
The position of the course in the framework of the learning objectives of the programme can be found under the section “Objectives” of the “Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels)”.
Previous knowledge
If you want to follow this course, it is advisable to have completed the following courses first:
Dutch I
Dutch II
Identical courses
HBA47C: Dutch 3 (advanced)
HBH98E: Nederlands voor gevorderden 3
Is included in these courses of study
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Dutch 3 (B-KUL-HBA13a)
Content
Among others the following topics will be dealt with
Vanzelfsprekend
Deel 7: Wat is er aan de hand?
Deel 8: Uit eten.
Deel 9: Solliciteren voor een nieuwe baan.
Grammatica
Reflexieve werkwoorden
Het reflexief pronomen
Imperatief
De comparatief
De superlatief
Het relatief pronomen: ‘die’ of ‘dat’
Zinsstructuur
zou / zouden: vorm
Het imperfectum
Aan de gang zijnde actie in het verleden.
Thema’s teksten
De sociale zekerheid
De Belgische economie
Vrije tijd
Language of instruction: more information
Dutch will be practised as much as possible in the course. Sometimes, however, the teacher may switch to English for translation or explanation.
Format: more information
In the lessons the following learning methods and activities will be practised:
• Listening to Dutch spoken by a native speaker
• Reading texts
• Word explanation and vocabulary exercises
• Learning grammatical structures and doing grammatical exercises
• Pronunciation exercises
• Conversation exercises
• Writing exercises
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Dutch 3 (B-KUL-H71656)
Explanation
The written exam will relate to the subject material that has been dealt with in class.
Students can choose between 2 formats:
- Format 1: NO permanent evaluation but a written exam (../20)
- Format 2: permanent evaluation (../12) and an exam (../8) (More information about the system of permanent evaluation will be provided on Toledo at the start of the semester.)
Students have to register for one of the formats via a Tolinto-link before a given deadline.
No changes can be made after the deadline.
Any changes to the conditions of evaluation will be announced on Toledo.
Information about retaking exams
Identical to first exam perdiod.
ECTS Business Plan (B-KUL-HBA13H)
Aims
The course 'Business Planning' is is an elective course of 6 study points. The objective of the course is to coach students in writing a business plan for a new venture (start-up).
Business planning requires a pragmatic attitude. It builds on the already gathered knowledge of the students in the previous courses in the different business fields (such as marketing, operations, finance, commercial law and personnel and organization) and guides them to acquire a practical attitude toward developing a business plan. This practical attitude is related how to build a new entrepreneurial venture and what to do to that successfully achieve so. In this sense, this course prepares students to:
- - analyse the business environment and identify relevant trends.
- - formulate key assumptions related to their business activities.
- - gather realistic market-based insights to develop a solid business model.
- - complete financial and operational plans for the new business based on the formulated assumptions and chosen business model.
The development of these competences is covered by business planning exercise.
Below, we provide in further detail the learning outcomes of this course:
1.a Analyses the environment in which an organization is active and estimates the influence of environmental factors on the functioning of the organization.
2.a Understands basic theories, basic terms, and basic concepts of each management domain, in particular with respect to the financial, operational, commercial and organizational activities, and can apply them when solving business problems.
2.f Assesses the financial performance of an organization based on a thorough understanding of the structure and preparation of annual accounts and also based on the critical use of several techniques of financial analysis; produces recommendations to adjust the financial policy.
2.l Formulates and evaluates critically the objectives and tools of a marketing planning and strategy.
4.c Analyses the functioning of organizations and markets in relation to society and its actors.
8.d Sets forth a logical and coherent argumentation to support choices made when solving a (business) economic problem with practical relevance.
8.f Critically reflects on his own behaviour and approach, in the context of lifelong learning.
11.a Independently or in team, efficiently carries out a clearly defined assignment.
11.b Demonstrates creativity, takes initiative, assumes responsibility, and sets priorities when carrying out economic (business) assignments.
11.e Evaluates the feasibility of a project by correctly estimating the required resources and the related risks.
13. Has insight into his or her own competencies and motives, takes a pro-active attitude towards his or her own development and can reflect critically on their own behaviour (13).
Previous knowledge
The admission criteria for the programme can be found in the programme catalogue.
It is expected that students have gathered the necessary competences, and are able to activate them, based on courses of economics, business, quantitative and communicative formation from the first-, the second bachelor year, as well as the first semester of the third bachelor year.
The professor(s) would like to draw the attention to the importance of the following prerequisites:
- Being able to develop a network or support for the own business idea
- Being communicative and collaborative
- Taking a proactive approach to problem solving
- Conducting a marketing analysis and planning
- Preparing a financial analysis and break-even analysis.
- Being creative and persistent
The professor(s) would like to draw the attention to:
A numerus clausus is applied. This implies that only a limited number of business plans are developed each academic year.
Therefore it is possible that a selection of participating students may be organised. Enrolment will then be based on not only a first comes first served basis but also on other criteria (see infra). The selection or any other exception to enrolment is a sole discretionary decision of the lecturer of the course.
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor in de handelswetenschappen (Brussel) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (incoming) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Business Plan (B-KUL-HBA13h)
Course material
https://webapps.odisee.be/Ancor/SSM/Pages/BekijkSSM.aspx?OID=2092
The course is complementary to the mandatory course “Entrepreneurship and Business Planning” which studies all chapters of the textbook “Entrepreneurship: successfully Launching New Ventures”. (Bruce R. Barringer & R. Duane Ireland - Pearson)
The course relies on the same handbook. However, in this course chapter 6: Writing a Business Plan is explored in-depth.
Format: more information
Blended learning - Discussion - Paper - Poster presentation - Presentation
The professor(s) would like to draw the attention to:
- This course is only open to students currently enrolled (or have successfully taken) the mandatory course: “Entrepreneurship & Business Planning” or “Ondernemerschap en Business Planning”.
- Only limited places are available i.e. only a limited number of business plans will be developed. Therefore, an enrollment listing (selecting participating students) is made based on a first come first served as well as on the below motivational email. The selection or any other exception to enrolment is the sole discretionary decision of the lecturer of the course
- Students wishing to enroll for the course, are required to send a motivational email to the course instructor elaborating on the following criteria.
Motivation (Why are you the ideal candidate?)
Previous academic merits at university.
Relevant extra-curricular activities.
Proposed team: business plans are developed in a preferable setting of 2 students per business plan. As such a team can apply for enrollment but also sole students who can be matched during the first class.
- This course guides students to develop a business plan for a start-up from scratch and is not open for scale-ups.
To achieve the objectives of this course, a variety of teaching methods is used:
- Lectures: are used to explain students how they can develop, write and present their business plans. To that end a few classes are scheduled during the first.
- Coachings: students receive multiple rounds of feedback during the business planning process as this strengthens both the content of the business plan and the practical attitudes of the students. Supervision and feedback are provided in the first place by the course lecturer but also by the fellow students and participants of the course. To that end a few classes or individual meetings are scheduled during the first semester and the beginning of the second semester.
- Testimonials:
Students will attend the event “Entrepreneurial Event - Testing the Market” where they will test the waters of their business idea by means of a poster-session. This event is planned at the end of the first semester.
Students will attend the “Investor Event” where they will present their final business plan by means of an investor presentation.
The teaching methods uses a hybride form of online and on-campus (see course schedule)
Students are required to attend all sessions (lectures, coachings and testimonials) and participate actively as part of the permanent evaluation.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Business Plan (B-KUL-H75909)
Explanation
Students will obtain a final score based on the scores received for two parts:
- For the first semester: Developing*, writing, and presenting* a Summary Business Plan – “Testing the market.”
- For the second semester: Developing*, writing and presenting* a Full Business Plan – “Blueprint for operations and investors.”
*Students are required to be present (attend) all sessions and participate actively during the discussions.
A detailed breakdown of the final score can be found on Toledo.
Information about retaking exams
Students will receive a score solely based on the Written Full Business Plan - “Blueprint for operations and investors”
ECTS Research Methods 2 (B-KUL-HBA14C)
Aims
The course aims at contributing to the following learning results:
The student...
- Based on the critical analysis of various quantitative and qualitative research methods, makes an informed choice about a relevant research method to solve a (business) economics problem relevant to practice (6.b)
- Is able to make an informed choice between a quantitative or a qualitative research method given a specific (business) economics problem (6.b.1)
- In line with the given practical relevance and the definition of the (business) economics problem, chooses and uses the appropriate techniques to acquire, analyse and interpret data (6.c)
- In line with the given (business) economics problem, chooses and uses the appropriate techniques to acquire data in quantitative research (6.c.3)
- In line with the given (business) economics problem, chooses and uses the appropriate techniques to acquire, analyse and interpret data in qualitative research (6.c.4)
- Assesses the impact on reliability and validity of the results when developing the research design (6.d)
- From qualitative and quantitative research findings, draws scientific conclusions that bear practical relevance (6.e)
- Takes into consideration alternative explanations and methods when analysing and solving a (business) economic problem with practical relevance (8.b)
- Students are able to analyse investment and financing decisions using science-based theoretical frameworks (8.b.1)
- Identifies the limitations of research and questions the research findings (8.c)
- Identifies the limitations of a qualitative research and questions the research findings (8.c.1)
- Identifies the limitations of a chosen research design in quantitative research (8.c.2)
- Sets forth a logical and coherent argumentation to support choices made when solving a (business) economic problem with practical relevance (8.d)
- Sets forth a logical and coherent argumentation to support the qualitative research approach of a (business) economic problem (8.d.3)
- Ensures the relevance, precision and scientific character of his own work and takes into account possible feedback (8.e)
- Critically reflects on his own behaviour and approach, in the context of lifelong learning (8.f)
- In a team and depending on the context, takes on management, executive or supportive tasks and as such contributes actively to a joint result (9.a)
- Listens to the opinion of others and constructively deals with various opinions and cultures (9.b)
- Uses the language of instruction to communicate orally and in writing with an audience of specialists and non-specialists, and such in a way that is correct on the level of grammar and vocabulary; uses a style that is common in a (business) economics context (10.a)
- Independently or in team, efficiently carries out a clearly defined assignment (11.a)
Previous knowledge
It is advisable to have completed the following courses first: Research Methods 1 (HBA05c)
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Research Methods 2 (B-KUL-HBA14c)
Content
1. Systematic research: choices and approaches
2. Quantitative versus qualitative research
3. Sampling frame and sampling techniques for qualitative and quantitative research (including sample size and dealing with unit and item non-response)
4. Primary data collection by means of qualitative and quantitative research (questionnaires and in-depth, semi-structured, and focus group interviews)
5. Structured and unstructured observation
6. Reporting in qualitative and quantitative research (with particular attention to issues of validity and reliability)
7. Qualitative research: analysis
8. Implementation of qualitative research: from research problem to report: assignment
Course material
Course materials (course slides, journal articles, ...) are distributed via Toledo.
Saunders, M.; P. Lewis, and A. Thornhill (2019). Research methods for business students. 8th Edition. Pearson. ISBN-13: 9781292208787
https://webapps.odisee.be/Ancor/SSM/Pages/BekijkSSM.aspx?OID=18725
Format: more information
See Toledo ('Overview learning activities')
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Research Methods 2 (B-KUL-H73587)
Explanation
Assessment consists of a midterm group assignment (20%) and a full-term final project paper (80%) . Course will be on a continuous assessment basis without an examination.
During the semester, students will be required to carry out a group assignment (= a research paper), which is the result of a small-scale field study, submitted via TOLEDO. If the student group hands in the assignment later than the deadline, all members of the group receive zero on this assignment. The deadline for handing in the assignment is during the last class in December.
Information about retaking exams
Students who fail the group assignment have to retake the assignment on an individual basis (not as a group). Scores of individual assignments obtained during the first exam opportunity are carried over to the second exam opportunity but are not available to retake.
ECTS Service Learning and Social Entrepreneurship (B-KUL-HBA14H)
Aims
3.i Describes the perspectives of economic science, uses them in a (business) economics context and reflects critically on them.
4.a Has a functional multidisciplinary knowledge to identify social phenomena and to reflect on them, also from a philosophical-ethical perspective, and link them with the corporate and market reality in a reasoned way.
8.f Critically reflects on his own behaviour and approach, in the context of lifelong learning.
11.b Demonstrates creativity, takes initiative, assumes responsibility, and sets priorities when carrying out economic (business) assignments.
11.d Suggests and evaluates alternative solutions to a problem.
12.c Reflects on business and economic thinking and behaviour from a social and ethical point of view.
13 has insight into his or her own competencies and motives, takes a pro-active attitude towards his or her own development and can reflect critically on their own behaviour (13).
Specific learning outcomes:
1) Integrating sustainability values and frameworks when analysing societal challenges that are relevant to social entrepreneurs, providing sound advice and suggesting possible directions for solutions that take account of these values; (11b, 11d, 12c, 12d)
2) Responding creatively to societal challenges in interaction with different actors; (4a, 11b, 11d)
3) Critically reflecting on the perspectives of (business) economics in the analysis of societal challenges that are relevant to social entrepreneurs; (3i, 12d)
4) Critically reflecting on one's own behaviour and approach within the framework of sustainability and social entrepreneurship; (8f, 3i)
5) Critically reflecting on the learning process regarding sustainability and its importance in one's own and professional environment; (8f)
6) Presenting the advice on and/or solution of the socially relevant problem in a plenary session and reflecting critically on it.(12c)
Previous knowledge
The students have to use the knowledge in relation with business economics and economics in general that was acquired during their bachelor years. Depending on the specific service learning project, some knowledge will be more relevant than others.
Identical courses
HBH99E: Service-learning en sociaal ondernemerschap
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Service Learning and Social Entrepreneurship (B-KUL-HBA14h)
Content
The theoretical framework relates to sustainability frameworks and social entrepreneurship. We will examine various frameworks of sustainability, hybrid business models, alternative forms of organisation such as the sharing economy and cooperative enterprises, and analyse how social entrepreneurship fits in this diversity.
In addition, much attention is paid to reflection. We explain the different levels of reflection, i.e. descriptive, interpretive, critical analytical and reconstructive, give room for group reflection and discuss how reflection frameworks influence how we deal with social challenges.
Course material
Scientific articles
Language of instruction: more information
The Bachelor Business Administration is entirely taught in English. Students who are not following the BBA, but who want to participate in the course must have sufficient language skills in English.
Format: more information
Company visit
The students will study theoretical frameworks on sustainability and social entrepreneurship during several lectures. Most of the time will be spent on addressing the societal challenge that is relevant for a social organization. It is expected that students will interact with the social entrepreneur, among other things by being present at least 3 times at the location of the social organization. In addition, ample attention is paid to reflection during plenary sessions.
The students work in a group on the solution of the societal challenge. In order to achieve a good match between students and social entrepreneur, the challenge based learning methodology is used. Afterwards different ways are organised to stimulate contacts with the social organisation, like:- discussions with the social entrepreneur to frame the social issue;
- Regular visits to the site of the social organisation in order to immerse oneself in the values of a social entrepreneur and thus to come up with a creative solution that fits in with a social organisation;
- Proposing the solution in the presence of the social entrepreneur and to the fellow students, among other things by means of a poster on a social market space.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Service Learning and Social Entrepreneurship (B-KUL-H75910)
Explanation
The societal challenge is addressed in a collaborative way by a group of maximum 4 students. The students are assessed on the basis of a paper, a presentation, a reflection paper and an individual defense.
- The group paper makes sufficient use of the theoretical frameworks on sustainability and social entrepreneurship. The paper is assessed according to the following criteria: taking into account the specific situation of social entrepreneurship while reporting about how the societal challenge is dealt with; logical structure; sufficient reference to scientific articles (at least 5 not covered in the classes) in an integrated manner, and adequate use of APA standards.
- The contribution to and/or solution of the societal challenge is presented during a social event on the campus via a poster or another creative presentation. The social entrepreneurs are also invited to the event. The presentation is assessed on the basis of content, commitment and creativity.
- The personal reflection relates to three moments: at the beginning, middle and end of the project. Its evaluation is based on the degree of integration of the different levels of reflection and is presented in a separate document.
- The solution of the case is defended individually. Students can have the paper with them and are evaluated on the basis of how well they respond to the questions related to what is written in the paper.
- The final result is divided as follows: solution of the case via the joint paper (35%) and the presentation of the solution in a creative way (25%), individual oral defense of the paper (10%) and personal reflection (paper) (30%).
- The student is obliged to complete all parts. Non-participation in one of the parts results in a 0/20.
If a student repeatedly does not comply with the requirements set out in the agreement with the project company, or seriously violates them, for this particular student the project shall be discontinued and the student shall receive a 0-grade. The student shall have no right to an alternative assignment or a second exam opportunity.
Information about retaking exams
The features of the evaluation and determination of grades are identical to those of the first examination opportunity, as described in the tab 'Explanation'. If only one student in the group obtains an unsatisfactory result, the student revises the paper according to the teacher's guidelines, in addition to the oral defence of the paper (10%) and the reworking of the personal reflection (paper) (30%)
ECTS Economic Sociology (B-KUL-HBA15A)
Aims
The course aims at contributing to the following learning results:
The student...
- Analyses the environment in which an organisation is active and estimates the influence of environmental factors on the functioning of the organization (1.a)
- Has a functional multidisciplinary knowledge to identify social phenomena and to reflect on them, also from a philosophical-ethical perspective, and link them with the corporate and market reality in a reasoned way (4.a)
- Explains current (business) economic facts and events according to their historical development (4.b)
- Analyses the functioning of organisations and markets in relation to society and its actors (4.c)
- Takes into consideration alternative explanations and methods when analysing and solving a (business) economic problem with practical relevance (8.b)
- Shows interest in current affairs and broadens his background knowledge (8.g)
- Estimates the impact of business operations on various stakeholders and society (12.a)
- Connects the psycho-social and ethical insights with the (business) economic reality in a reasoned way (12.b)
- Reflects on business and economic thinking and behaviour from a social and ethical point of view (12.c)
More information
Economics provide a distinctive perspective on socio-economic phenomena. However, the economic approach is not the only one to describe, conceptualize and theorize social facts and events. Also other disciplines offer valuable insights. The quality of the student’s training is among others determined by his or her knowledge of alternative perspectives and the ability to use them to explain socio-economic events. The 'sociological perspective' is one of them. The starting point of the lectures is the idea that sociology in general and economic sociology in particular contribute to a better understanding of socio-economic phenomena and problems.
In addition, the course also aims at increasing the student’s knowledge of society as a whole. Sociological approaches build on the idea that other, non-economic aspects of society (culture, politics, …) are relevant to the economy and that, conversely, the economy influences many other social phenomena. In addition, sociologists generally assume that economic phenomena such as consumption, work and market operations are (also) shaped and by cultural and structural characteristics of individuals, groups and society.
After successfully completing this course, students will be able to:
At the base level:
- Define basic concepts in Sociology (4a, 4c)
- Identify and the sociological approach and be able to compare it with the economic approach (4a, 4b, 8a, 8b)
- Explain why economy is determined by a multitude of social phenomena (1a, 4a,12c, 12b)
- Explain why the economy is an important causal factor of a multitude of social phenomena (1a, 4a, 4c, 12a, 12b)
At an advanced level:
Major aspects of theories, approaches, fact and events
- are concisely but accessibly summarized
- are compared and weighed against one another
At the level of excellence:
- the subject matter is connected to contemporary facts, events, or analyses
- theories and concepts are applied in an analysis of (current affairs) social or socio-economic problems
Previous knowledge
The admission criteria for the programme can be found in the programme catalogue.
If you want to follow this course, it is advisable to acquire basic knowledge of microeconomics beforehand.
Identical courses
HBH18A: Economische sociologie
HLH07A: Economische sociologie
Y00935: Economische sociologie
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (incoming) (Brussels et al) 242 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Engineering (Brussels et al) 180 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Economic Sociology (B-KUL-HBA15a)
Content
‘Economic Sociology’ introduces theories of social order and social action related to economic phenomena. This course builds on the basics of economics the student learnt earlier. The course can also be understood as a reflection on the achievements and blind spots of the discipline of economics. The course also illustrates how good economic analyses can benefit from other social and behavioural sciences, e.g. (economic) sociology, and also by anthropology, criminology, historiography and political science.
The course starts with an introduction into central concepts of general sociology, and then focuses on the sociology of economic life. We discuss the central principles and contributions of economic sociology with the help of discussions about different fields of investigation, ranging from aspects of the interference of the state in the economy (taxation, welfare states,...) over social and moral norms to discussions about the emergence and change of market life, and their differences between polities, regions and eras.
Format: more information
The lecturer explains the central subject matter during the classes, and reads possibilities and difficulties of interpretation, illustrations and applications. Students are given the opportunity to discuss elements of the subject matter during the classes.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Economic Sociology (B-KUL-H70005)
Explanation
Features of the evaluation
The exam is written. It consists of three parts:
1. Multiple-choice questions
The multiple choice questions cover knowledge, the capacity to reproduce the subject matter, as well as the ability to make cross-connections and to apply the subject matter to real cases. The result of the multiple choice questions is subject to a correction for guessing (the so-called “retrospective correction for guessing”-approach) which is neutral for risk aversion. Further details about the grading of multiple choice questions are provided during the lectures and on the Toledo page.
2. An open question
A concise exposition of a part of the course. This part requires a synthesizing ability, and the ability to distinguish between core and secondary issues. This part will only be accounted for if the student passes a threshold for part 1.
3. Excellence questions
This part asks for a short essay in which the student shows s/he can apply the subject matter to a contemporary problem that is discussed in a given text. This part is only corrected if the student obtained at least 12/20 on parts 1 and 2.
Determination of final grades
The final result follows from the following principles:
1. If the threshold on the part on the base level is not met, the score of the exam equals the score on this part.
2. In exams that acquire the threshold at the base level, part 2 is weighted at 40% of the final score. The end score can nevertheless not fall under a tolerable mark (as discussed in articles 81 bis en 91 bis of the education and examinations regulations).
3. Part 3 (level of excellence) is a bonus question and can only give rise to a higher or an equal end score.
The result is calculated and expressed as an integer out of 20.
Information about retaking exams
The evaluation characteristics and determination of the final result of the second examination are identical to those of the first exam as described above.
ECTS Introduction to Methods in Operational Research (B-KUL-HBA15C)
Aims
Introduction to Methods in Operational Research is part of the learning track Research and Methods. In this learning track the methodological point of view is of central importance rather than the content, i.e. how to obtain reliable answers to a question? Students learn how to scientifically treat problems, how to draw conclusions from a sample and how to mathematically model phenomena from economics, finance, .... The learning track builds on knowledge and competences acquired earlier. During your education the range of scientific methods is extended and adapted to ever more complex problem settings. A good mix of practical orientation and theoretical foundation is our primary concern. The master thesis written in the master year serves to crown it all.
In Introduction to Methods in Operational Research you expand your mathematical knowledge. You learn how to use mathematical concepts and methods in economic applications. The confrontation with the mathematical way of thinking sharpens your critical sense and problem solving abilities.
The course aims at contributing to the following learning results:
The student...
- Defines, explains and uses, both graphically and model-based, macro- and micro-economic concepts (3.h)
- Defines, explains and uses, both graphically and in a model-based way, a number of economic concepts like marginality and elasticity, from a mathematical point of view (3.h.5)
- Uses static and dynamic models, graphically and algebraically, to analyse and solve (business) economic problems (5.a)
- Has knowledge of and insight into integrals uses these to analyse and solve (business) economic problems (5.a.5)
- Has knowledge of and insight into linear recursive equations and uses these to analyse and solve (business) economic problems (5.a.6)
- Has knowledge of and insight into differential equations and uses these to analyse and solve (business) economic problems (5.a.7)
- Has knowledge of and insight into techniques of linear algebra like eigenvalues and –vectors, diagonalising matrices and applications like Leontief input-output models and Markov models (5.a.8)
- Sets forth a logical and coherent argumentation to support choices made when solving a (business) economic problem with practical relevance (8.d)
- Works out a logical and coherent argumentation to support the chosen mathematical technique when solving a (business) economic problem (8.d.2)
- Is familiar with relevant ICT applications and uses the knowledge and skills to solve (business) economic problems (11.g)
- Is familiar with relevant ICT applications for the mathematical techniques used (11.g.4)
Previous knowledge
If you want to follow this course, it is advisable to have completed the following courses first:
Mathematics for Business Economists 1 (A) and 1 (B).
The teacher would also like to draw your attention to the following prerequisites:
Students require:
- basic knowledge of algebra;
- mathematics as it was taught and practiced in secondary education.
Identical courses
HBH67E: Inleiding tot de operationele beleidsmethoden
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (incoming) (Brussels et al) 242 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Introduction to Methods in Operational Research (B-KUL-HBA15c)
Content
Integrals
- Indefinite integrals: substitution, integrals by parts and partial fraction expansion
- Definite integrals (including applications in economics)
Linear difference equations and applications to discrete dynamic (market) models
Separable differential equations of 1st order applications to continuous dynamic (market) models
Linear algebra
- Eigenvalues and eigenvectors
- Matrix Diagonalization and powers of matrices
- Leontief input-outputmodel
- Discrete matrix models (including Markov and Leslie models)
Course material
http://public.hubrussel.be/Ancor/SSM/Pages/BekijkSSM.aspx?OID=18469
Format: more information
New concepts and methods are introduced and explained by means of formal lectures and learning conversations. Afterwards, students are asked to solve problems themselves. The teacher helps each student individually whenever possible and gives additional collective information when general difficulties appear. Additionally, the students receive a number of exercises, which they are asked to do at home.
Students are offered the possibility to attend tutorials. During this tutorial extra exercises are solved under the teacher’s guidance.
Some supervised study moments are also provided.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Introduction to Methods in Operational Research (B-KUL-H73588)
Explanation
In the first and second exam period students will be evaluated on the basis of a written exam.
The exam consists of exercises similar to those of the syllabus and those dealt with in class and in the tutorials. While answering these exercises, the solution method must be written down in a systematic and detailed way.
It is important to notice that the level of difficulty of the exercises on the exam will be higher than those made in class/of the syllabus. Indeed, at the beginning of the learning process rather easy exercises will be made compared to those of the exam. Students are expected to have a thorough command of theory although no theoretical questions will be asked. A good insight into the concepts and methods dealt with is essential in order to do the exercises on the exam.
Students are supposed to have a graphical calculator at their disposal and to be able to use it (equivalent to TI 84 plus of Texas Instruments). A more advanced calculator (e.g. a calculator that supports symbolic calculations) is admitted on the exam. It can be used to check results. However the solutions presented to the teacher should not be based on the more advanced functions of such a calculator.
An example of the exam (including answers) will be placed at the students' disposal at the end of the semester. It will be posted at Toledo.
The evaluation methods during the first and second exam opportunities are identical.
Information about retaking exams
Compared to the first exam period: all modalities remain unchanged.
ECTS English 1 (B-KUL-HBA16A)
Aims
Graduates at the Faculty of Economics & Business will have to be communicatively active ánd skillful as working professionals. English has a unique position as an international language in that respect, and is an obvious object of study for students in an international programme. In this respect, it also serves an instrumental purpose that may result immediate effect in the students' educational context as all communication on, for and in their courses is in English.
English 1 aims to equip students with the linguistic tools necessary to perform adequately in an academic programme that is taught in English. Therefore, it especially focuses on writing skills, brushes up the students' grammar, and tackles topics that allow students to broaden their horizons and their knowledge of the English lexicon.
In this course, the following key objectives are (partially or fully) realized:
- Uses English to communicate orally and in writing with an audience of specialists and non-specialists, and such in a way that is correct on the level of grammar and vocabulary; uses a style that is common in a (business) economics context.
- Uses correct grammatical structures in exercises (written communication).
- Acquires frequent general and business economic vocabulary.
- Critically examines scientifically substantiated texts of (business) economic nature and interprets and synthesises them in English.
- Critically examines scientifically substantiated texts of (business) economic nature and synthesises them in English.
- Writes an essay.
The position of the course in the framework of the learning objectives of the programme can be found under the section “Objectives” of the “Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels)”.
Previous knowledge
See admission criteria for the programme.
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Engineering (Brussels et al) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
English 1 (B-KUL-HBA16a)
Content
The course focuses on (1) critical reading and discussion of (academic and business) texts and case studies and (2) writing in academic contexts. The critical reading of texts and cases will further enhance the students' knowledge of academic, business and general English vocabulary.
Course material
- L-MO Writing Lab (Toledo)
- Study materials on Toledo
Format: more information
The course takes a process-based approach, providing students with the opportunity to read and discuss (academic and business) texts and case studies critically and produce an academic text as they work through the different stages of the writing process, from pre-writing to editing. In the process, special attention will be given to the development of business, academic and general English vocabulary.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: English 1 (B-KUL-H70994)
Explanation
Students write an academic text: an explanatory essay.
Information about retaking exams
Students rewrite the explanatory essay.
ECTS Macro-economics and Economic Policy (B-KUL-HBA16C)
Aims
Macroeconomics establishes a connection between the basis of Principles of managerial economics and the specialised subjects of the student's training (especially the last years). This subject introduces some aspects necessary for an independent analysis of macroeconomic problems. In addition, the course aims to prepare students for subsequent courses e.g. international economics, monetary economics and various subjects within corporate finance.
The course aims at contributing to the following learning results:
The student...
- On the macro-economic level, interprets and analyses the behaviour of the different economic agents on the various domestic and foreign markets (3.e)
- Describes and analyses the behavior of economic agents (consumers, firms, governments and foreign) and markets (real sector, money and financial market, exchange market and labor market) (3.e.1)
- Defines, explains and uses, both graphically and model-based, macro- and micro-economic concepts (3.h)
- Describes what is meant by and is able to calculate macro-economic concepts and variables (e.g. GDP, national income, economic growth, inflation, unemployment, devaluation, balance of payments) (3.h.6)
- Analyses a simultaneous equilibrium model and explains how the model works towards an state of equilibrium, using both a graph as well as words (3.h.7)
- Evaluates the effectiveness of government intervention (fiscal and monetary policy, labor market policy, exchange rate policy) (Macro-ec and Ec Policy) (3.h.8)
- Describes the perspectives of economic science, uses them in a (business) economics context and reflects critically on them (3.i)
- Understands macro-economic articles in the daily press and is able to situate and evaluate critically but constructive, their content within the field of macro-economics (Macro-ec and Ec Policy) (3.i.3)
Previous knowledge
Students who want to include Macro-Economics and Economic Policy in their program should have completed Managerial Economics A and B and Mathematics for business A and B
Identical courses
HBH68E: Macro-economie en beleid
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (incoming) (Brussels et al) 242 ects.
- Preparatory Programme: Master of Business Administration (Programme for students started before 2023-2024) (Brussels) 90 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Preparatory Programme: Master of Business Administration (Programme for students started in 2023-2024 or later) (Brussels) 75 ects.
- Preparatory Programme: Master of Business Administration (Programme for students started in 2023-2024 or later) (Antwerp) 75 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Macro-economics and Economic Policy (B-KUL-HBA16c)
Content
The course starts with a review of some of the basic macro-economic concepts such as GDP, growth, unemployment and labor markets and inflation (Module 1, chapter 1 and 2).
In the second module, the course develops a closed economy short run model for the goods and financial market. Chapter 3 determines demand and equilibrium in the goods market. Chapter 4 reviews equilibrium in financial markets. The IS LM Model is then introduced in chapter 5. The final chapter of module 2 extends the model and introduces the difference between real and nominal interest rates and the risk premium.
In the third module, the focus shifts to the medium run. Starting from equilibrium in labor markets (chapter 7), the course introduces the Phillips curve in chapter 8. These chapters allow to determine the natural rate of unemployment and potential ouput. In chapter 9 the course builds the medium run IS LM PC model.
In module four, the course introduces long term growth. After a look at the facts (chapter 10), the Solow model is used to determine the steady state level of output. In chapter 11, the course analyzes capital accumulation. Technology and technological progress is the focus of chapter 12. The final chapter of module four looks at the challenges of growth.
The fifth module focuses on the role of expectations in financial markets and introduces the expected discounted present value model. Using this model, the course determines the price of bonds, analyses the yield curve (sport curve) and expected interest rate (forward rates) and the valuation of stocks (chapter 14). In chapter 15 the course reviews the goods market and includes expectations in the model for consumption and investment. This allows to introduce the Permanent Income Hypothesis, the Tobin's Q. The final chapter of this module (chapter 16) discusses the policy implications for both monetary and fiscal policy. Here the course also looks at the dynamics of government debt.
The final section develops an open economy model. The course first introduces the exchange rate (bilateral, effective, nominal and real) and the relation among exchange rates and interest rates in the domestic and foreign economy. Equilibrum in the goods market is determined in chapter 18. Equilibrium in both the goods and financial markets is covered in chapter 19 (Mundell-Fleming model). The final chapter of the module discusses the choice of exchanger rate systems.
Course material
Compulsory:
Oliver Blancard. Macroeconomics. Global edition. Eighth Edition. Pearson Education Limited 2021.
ISBN 10: 1-292-35147-0
ISBN 13: 978-1-292-35147-6
Additional reading material will be made available on Toledo
Format: more information
Traditional lecture
In addition to lectures, the Toledo page for the course allows students to check their progress. After each module, there is a small multiple choice test. This test is not graded and not part of the final exam or mark. The test must be completed to access the material for the next module.
Is also included in other courses
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Macro-economics and Economic Policy (B-KUL-H73589)
Explanation
There are 48 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options. Grading is as follows: good answer: 1, wrong/no answer: 0. Students start at -8.
The features of the evaluation and determination of grades of the second examination opportunity are identical to those of the first examination opportunity, as described above.
ECTS Management Accounting (B-KUL-HBA17C)
Aims
2.g Analyses critical methods of cost accounting and uses them accurately when taking management decisions.
2.g.1 In the course some cost calculations techniques were discussed. The intention is that students can use these techniques to solve a specific case in the field of cost accounting
8.b Takes into consideration alternative explanations and methods when analysing and solving a (business) economic problem with practical relevance.
8.b.1 The student is able to analyze a business economic problem in the field of cost calculation and solve it on the basis of the suggested costing methods.
11.a Independently or in team, efficiently carries out a clearly defined assignment.
11.a.1 The student is able to independently analyze a business economic problem in the field of cost calculation and solve it.
Previous knowledge
If you want to follow this course, it is advisable to have completed the following courses first: Financial Accounting A (HBA39C) and Financial Accounting B (HBA40C)
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (incoming) (Brussels et al) 242 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Engineering (Brussels et al) 180 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (incoming) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Management Accounting (B-KUL-HBA17c)
Content
Cost terminology
CVP & BEA Analysis
Cost Allocation
Variance Analysis
Decision-Making
Course material
Slides, screencasts and other course materials on Toledo
Suggested textbook: Hongren's Cost Accounting, A Managerial Emphasis Global Edition, 17th edition, Srikant M. Datar & Madhav V. Rajan.
(16th edition can also be used)
Format: more information
Blended learning - Flipped classroom - Practical lecture
This course is divided into two types of classes:
- Asynchronous online self-study classes where the theory is introduced through screencasts. These classes serve as preparation for the practical sessions
- Synchronous practical sessions on campus where we explore the material in greater depth using cases.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Management Accounting (B-KUL-H73590)
Explanation
Evaluation caracteristics
The exam consists of multiple choice questions and open questions. Students may use a calculator.
Determination final result
The grades are determined by the lecturer as communicated via Toledo and stated in the examination schedule. The result is calculated and communicated as a whole number on a scale of 20.
Second exam opportunity
The features of the evaluation and determination of grades are identical to those of the first examination opportunity, as described above.
ECTS Corporate Finance (B-KUL-HBA18C)
Aims
2.a Understands basic theories, basic terms, and basic concepts of each management domain, in particular with respect to the financial, operational, commercial and organisational activities, and can apply them when solving business problems.
2.a.6 Students are able to describe and apply the main financial concepts and theories within corporate finance
2.c Understands and substantiates the critical importance of each management domain for a successful organisation and the coherence with other management domains.
2.c.1 Students are able to position the role of the financial manager and the goals of corporate finance within a broader coporate perspective
2.i Masters the basic concepts and the overall functioning of banking, the stock market and the insurance business as well as the characteristics and functioning of the most important financial products and financial markets.
2.i.2 Students are able to determine the financial value of the main financial instruments used in corporate finance i.e. stocks and bonds
2.j Using the principles of time value of money, interprets information from financial reporting and news coverage, and uses all this as input in financial issues.
2.j.2 Students are able to apply the principles of time value of money to several valuation exercises
2.k Makes a reasoned assessment of the impact of uncertainty on the financial decisions of individuals and organisations.
2.k.1 Students are able to financing and investment decisions with a risk-return framework
8.a Identifies (business) economic challenges with practical relevance and relates them to insights developed in the field.
8.a.1 Students are able to analyse investment and financing decisions using science-based theoretical frameworks
8.g Shows interest in current affairs and broadens his background knowledge.
8.g.3 Students are able to critically reflect on the financial news and are able to assess the implications of the financial news on corporate finance decision
12.d Integrates sustainability values in the analysis of topical (business) economic problems and proposes solutions that take into account these values.
12.d.1 Students are able to critically reflect on the sustainability of financial decisions
Previous knowledge
Students that take this course should have taken the courses of Financial Institutions and Markets, Management and Financial Accounting
Identical courses
HSA23A: Corporate Finance (B)
Y00341: Ondernemingsfinanciering (S)
HTH88A: Ondernemingsfinanciering (BL)
HSH94A: Ondernemingsfinanciering (S)
HBH62E: Ondernemingsfinanciering
Y00926: Ondernemingsfinanciering
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (incoming) (Brussels et al) 242 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (incoming) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Corporate Finance (B-KUL-HBA18c)
Content
Value and value-creation
• introduction
• valuing bonds
• valuing stocks
• evaluation of investment projects
Risk and capital budgeting
• introduction risk and return
• portfolio theory and asset pricing models
• risk and the cost of capital
Selected corporate finance topics
(*) Table of content is indicative: changes can be made in view of topical events in corporate finance and time constraints. Also depending on timing, one or more business-oriented guest lectures can be organised.Value and value-creation
Format: more information
The course will be taught by means of formal lectures and concise exercise sessions. Students are expected to prepare the exercises and for a number of chapters some selected questions. Occassionaly, self study is foreseen. Guest lectures might be organised as well.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Corporate Finance (B-KUL-H73797)
Explanation
Evaluation caracteristics
The exam consist of theoretical questions and exercises. Part of the exam is in the form of multiple choice questions (both theoretical concepts and exercises might be examined by means of multiple choice). Questions on subjects treated by invited guest lectures/business seminars (if any) are possible.The exam consist of theoretical questions and excercises. Part of the exam can be in the form of multiple choice questions (both theoretical concepts and exercises might be examined by means of multiple choice).
Questions on subjects treated by invited guest lectures (if any) are possible.
Second exam opportunity
The evaluation methods during the first and second exam opportunities are identical.The evaluation methods during the first and second exam opportunities are identical.
ECTS Operational Management (B-KUL-HBA19C)
Aims
2.a Understands basic theories, basic terms, and basic concepts of each management domain, in particular with respect to the financial, operational, commercial and organisational activities, and can apply them when solving business problems.
2.a.1 Understands basic theories, basic terms, and basic concepts in particular with respect to the operational and logistic activities of an enterprise.
2.b Distinguishes and clarifies the different ways in which activities and processes in organisations are organised, structured and managed.
2.c Understands and substantiates the critical importance of each management domain for a successful organisation and the coherence with other management domains.
2.c.1 Understands the coherence of an optimal working operational system and the other management domains.
2.s Explains the structure and organisation of logistic processes in organisations.
5.d Uses methods and techniques of operational research to model and solve (business) economic problems.
8.d Sets forth a logical and coherent argumentation to support choices made when solving a (business) economic problem with practical relevance.
8.d.1Solves with a logical argumentation a business economic problem in the domain of business logistics.
Previous knowledge
If the student wants to follow this course, it is advisable to have completed the following courses first:
- Mathematics for Business A (HBA41C)
- Mathematics for Business B (HBA42C)
- Statistics for Business 1 (HBA68A).
Identical courses
HBH70E: Operationeel management
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Preparatory Programme: Master of Business Administration (Programme for students started before 2023-2024) (Brussels) 90 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Preparatory Programme: Master of Business Administration (Programme for students started in 2023-2024 or later) (Brussels) 75 ects.
- Preparatory Programme: Master of Business Administration (Programme for students started in 2023-2024 or later) (Antwerp) 75 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Operational Management (B-KUL-HBA19c)
Content
- Introduction operational management
- Inventory management
- Material requirements planning
- Detailed production planning at finite capacity
- Cycle time as performance measure and key concept in planning
- Lean operations
Course material
All study material will be available on Toledo.
Language of instruction: more information
The course is taught in English.
Format: more information
Blended learning
Video lectures: Each week, the theoretical knowledge will be dealt with in detail by means of a video lecture. Students are expected to master the theoretical knowledge of each video lecture before each weekly on campus lecture.
On campus lectures with Q&A, exercises and sample exam questions: During the weekly on campus lectures, students will have the possiblilty to ask questions about the theoretical knowledge of the related video lectures. During these lectures, students will also solve exercises and sample exam questions related to each of the video lectures.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Operational Management (B-KUL-H73591)
Explanation
First exam period:
Students will be evaluated on the basis of a written exam. The exam is closed book and is meant to take 2 hours. The exam mainly consists of exercises and partly of questions related to knowledge and insight. The standard formulas, which are known beforehand, will be available at the written exam; also a pocket calculator will be available at the written exam. The evaluation of this written exam is done by the lecturer.
Information about retaking exams
The evaluation methods during the first and second period are identical.
ECTS Entrepreneurship and Business Planning (B-KUL-HBA20C)
Aims
This course contributes to the entrepreneurial competences of graduates. Entrepreneurship is approached here from a process perspective, and hence students are gaining basic competences from the different stages in the entrepreneurial process: developing a business idea, analyzing opportunities, developing a business plan, securing sources of funding, calculating risks and fulfilling legal obligations supporting the entrepreneurial process.
1.a Analyses the environment in which an organisation is active and estimates the influence of environmental factors on the functioning of the organisation.
2.a Understands basic theories, basic terms, and basic concepts of each management domain, in particular with respect to the financial, operational, commercial and organisational activities, and can apply them when solving business problems.
2.c Understands and substantiates the critical importance of each management domain for a successful organisation and the coherence with other management domains.
2.p. Explains the structure and the current legislation in the field of social law.
3.a Detects the impact of regional, national and international environmental factors on corporate policies and estimates the complexity of operating in an international environment when putting together a strategy.
4.a Has a functional multidisciplinary knowledge to identify social phenomena and to reflect on them, also from a philosophical-ethical perspective, and link them with the corporate and market reality in a reasoned way.
4.c Analyses the functioning of organisations and markets in relation to society and its actors.
8.d Sets forth a logical and coherent argumentation to support choices made when solving a (business) economic problem with practical relevance.
8.f Critically reflects on his own behaviour and approach, in the context of lifelong learning.
8.g Shows interest in current affairs and broadens his background knowledge.
12.a. Estimates the impact of business operations on various stakeholders and society.
12.d. Integrates sustainability values in the analysis of topical (business) economic problems and proposes solutions that take into account these values.
Identical courses
HBH71E: Ondernemerschap en business planning
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (incoming) (Brussels et al) 242 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Engineering (Brussels et al) 180 ects.
- Preparatory Programme: Master of Business Administration (Programme for students started before 2023-2024) (Brussels) 90 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (incoming) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Preparatory Programme: Master of Business Administration (Programme for students started in 2023-2024 or later) (Brussels) 75 ects.
- Preparatory Programme: Master of Business Administration (Programme for students started in 2023-2024 or later) (Antwerp) 75 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Entrepreneurship and Business Planning (B-KUL-HBA20c)
Content
Entrepreneurial aspects: including but not limited to:
- trends analysis and business idea generation
- business model development, testing
- entrepreneurial competencies
- business planning
- financial entrepreneurship (financial planning)
- risk management for operational efficiency
- resource allocation
Legal aspects
Aspects of social law:
Course material
1. Entrepreneurship. Successfully Launching New Ventures. Barringer, B. & Ireland, D. 6th Global Edition. Pearson Education, 2018.
https://webapps.odisee.be/Ancor/SSM/Pages/BekijkSSM.aspx?OID=17807
2. Course text with additional content
Will be made available through the university's copy service
Is also included in other courses
HES05A : International Business, Entrepreneurship and EU Monetary Integration
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Entrepreneurship and Business Planning (B-KUL-H73592)
Explanation
The evaluation is composed of a written exam (Multiple Choice), closed book (100 % of the evaluation).
With regard to the Multiple Choice Questions, a correction of guessing will be applied as follows: The student will get 1 point for selecting the correct answer, 0 points when (s)he doesn’t answer the question, and (s)he loses 0.25 points for selecting a wrong answer.
Information about retaking exams
The features and determination of the grades for the the second examination opportunity are identical to those of the first examination opportunity.
ECTS Kedge Bachelor Thesis (B-KUL-HBA20K)
Is included in these courses of study
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Kedge Bachelor Thesis (B-KUL-HBA20k)
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Kedge Bachelor Thesis (B-KUL-H74981)
ECTS Principles of Taxation (B-KUL-HBA21C)
Aims
The course aims at contributing to the following learning results:
The student...
Has insight into the structure and current regulations in tax law, and applies this to support decisions taken by individuals and organisations (2.h).
to provide a non-exhaustive overview of general taxation principles and systems on a global (other than a country-specific) basis
to discuss aims, rights and obligations of taxpayers and tax authorities
to explain the relationship between tax theory and tax practice, and to illustrate the relevance and impact of tax rules on the economic and financial position of taxpayers (particularly enterprises irrespective of their legal form), as well as on the tax revenue raising capacity of countries
- Identifies (business) economic challenges with practical relevance and relates them to insights developed in the field (8.a)
- Uses the language of instruction to communicate orally and in writing with an audience of specialists and non-specialists, and such in a way that is correct on the level of grammar and vocabulary; uses a style that is common in a (business) economics context (10.a)
- Independently or in team, efficiently carries out a clearly defined assignment (11.a)
Previous knowledge
No prior knowledge is required for this course.
Identical courses
D0X42A: Inleiding tot fiscaliteit
HTH91A: Inleiding tot fiscaliteit (BL)
Y05074: Inleiding tot fiscaliteit (S)
HSH95A: Inleiding tot fiscaliteit (S)
HSA19A: Principles of Taxation (B)
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bridging Programme: Master of Business Administration (Brussels) 60 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (incoming) (Brussels et al) 242 ects.
- Preparatory Programme: Master of Business Administration (Programme for students started before 2023-2024) (Brussels) 90 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (incoming) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Preparatory Programme: Master of Business Administration (Programme for students started in 2023-2024 or later) (Brussels) 75 ects.
- Preparatory Programme: Master of Business Administration (Programme for students started in 2023-2024 or later) (Antwerp) 75 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Principles of Taxation (B-KUL-HBA21c)
Content
Brief Outline of the Course Content
PART I: GENERAL
Chapter 1: Introduction (Definition, purpose and categorization, Tax mix and allocation of tax revenue, General principles of taxation)
Chapter 2: Typologies of indirect taxes
Chapter 3: Typologies of direct taxes
PART II: INTERNATIONAL ASPECTS
Chapter 4: International aspects of indirect taxes
Chapter 5: International aspects of direct taxes
PART III: EUROPEAN ASPECTS
Chapter 6: European aspects of indirect taxes
Chapter 7: European aspects of direct taxes
Course material
PPT presentation and selected literature
http://webapps.odisee.be/Ancor/SSM/Pages/BekijkSSM.aspx?OID=18465
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Principles of Taxation (B-KUL-H73593)
Explanation
Evaluation caracteristics
The exam will be a closed book exam consisting in several multiple choice questions that will cover all the topics covered in class
Second exam opportunity
Same as June exam
ECTS Internship (B-KUL-HBA21K)
Is included in these courses of study
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Internship (B-KUL-HBA21k)
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Internship (B-KUL-H74982)
ECTS ICT Management (B-KUL-HBA22C)
Aims
The student...
- Uses the analysis of a (business) economic problem to develop and propose a solution in line with the organisational strategy. (1.c).
- Understands basic theories, basic terms, and basic concepts of each management domain, in particular with respect to the financial, operational, commercial and organisational activities, and can apply them when solving business problems. (2.a).
- Distinguishes and clarifies the different ways in which activities and processes in organisations are organised, structured and managed. (2.b).
- Distinguishes and explains the techniques and strategies that organisations use to manage information and data. (2.r).
- Critically assesses (scientific) information, data and structures, and processes all this in line with solving (business) economics problem with practical relevance. (7.d).
- Is familiar with relevant ICT applications and uses the knowledge and skills to solve (business) economic problems. (11.g).
The specific aims for this course are as follows.
The student...
- Understands the models that can be used to evaluate the alignment between business strategy and IT strategy (1.c.1).
- Is able to interpret a conceptual data model and translated to a logical relational data model (1.c.2).
- Understands basic theories, basic terms, and basic concepts of Information and Communication Technology (ICT) and information systems (2.a.1).
- Is able to interpret a business process model (2.b.1).
- Distinguishes and explains the techniques and strategies that organisations use for data and process management (2.r.1).
- Critically assesses data and process models against business requirements (7.d.1).
- Understands the difference between descriptive and predictive data mining and understands how basic analytics techniques work and can be used to solve business problems (11.g.1).
- Understands what the Internet of Things is and how it can be used to solve business problems (11.g.2).
Previous knowledge
There is no specific preknowledge required for this course.
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (incoming) (Brussels et al) 242 ects.
- Master of International Business (Brussels) (Track 1: International Business) 60 ects.
- Master of International Business (Brussels) (Track 2: Quantitative Methods for Business Administration) 60 ects.
- Preparatory Programme: Master of Business Administration (Programme for students started before 2023-2024) (Brussels) 90 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (incoming) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Preparatory Programme: Master of Business Administration (Programme for students started in 2023-2024 or later) (Brussels) 75 ects.
- Preparatory Programme: Master of Business Administration (Programme for students started in 2023-2024 or later) (Antwerp) 75 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
ICT Management (B-KUL-HBA22c)
Content
Chapter 1. ICT introduction
- Introduction to ICT in the business environment.
- The life cycle, arquitecture and methodologies of Business Information Systems.
- Business and IT alignment and Enterprise Architecture.
Chapter 2. Process Modelling
- Fundamentals of process management: the BPM cycle, essentials of business process modelling, and BPMN.
Chapter 3. Data Modeling
- UML, relational modelling
Chapter 4. Data Analysis and Business Intelligence
Chapter 5. The Internet of Things (IoT)
Course material
The course material will be composed on slides, exercises, some video lectures, and a KU Leuven MOOC (on EdX).
The course material will be placed on Toledo.
Some PC tools might be required.
Format: more information
Asynchronous online learning - Flipped classroom - Practice session
The course is taught as a combination of lectures and exercise sessions.
A flipped classroom will be used for some chapters; following this approach, in these chapters the theory will be offered in the form of video lectures while the class time will be dedicated to more active learning.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: ICT Management (B-KUL-H73594)
Explanation
The evaluation consists on a final written exam that will count for 20 points.
Final exam
- The (written) exam consists of a number of multiple choice questions.
- A correction is applied for guessing. Further details are communicated via Toledo.
- In case of an individual move of an examination, the form of the examination may differ from this form.
Determination of final grades
- The final grade is determined by the final exam score.
Second examination opportunity
- The features of the evaluation and determination of grades are similar to those of the first examination opportunity, as described above.
Information about retaking exams
The features of the evaluation and determination of grades are similar to those of the first examination opportunity.
ECTS Courses Kedge stage 3 first term (B-KUL-HBA22K)
Is included in these courses of study
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Courses Kedge stage 3 first term (B-KUL-HBA22k)
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Courses Kedge stage 3 first term (B-KUL-H75187)
ECTS Project Management (B-KUL-HBA23C)
Aims
2.a Understands basic theories, basic terms, and basic concepts of each management domain, in particular with respect to the financial, operational, commercial and organisational activities, and can apply them when solving business problems.
2.b Distinguishes and clarifies the different ways in which activities and processes in organisations are organised, structured and managed.
2.c Understands and substantiates the critical importance of each management domain for a successful organisation and the coherence with other management domains.
2.t Analyses issues in different management domains on the basis of appropriate theories, concepts and models and proposes a scientifically sound solution.
3.i Describes the perspectives of economic science, uses them in a (business) economics context and reflects critically on them.
4.d Uses disciplinary scientific knowledge to solve business economic problems.
Objectives of the course:
- Understand project management and its role in business
- Understand the challenges of effective project management
- Understand the link between project management and strategic objectives
- Understand the process and criteria for project selection and project portfolio management
- Understand the particularities for the management of innovation projects
- Understand how project management is a leader-intensive profession
- Understand the importance of scope management for project success
- Understand the steps involved in and the characteristics of effective project team building
- Understand causes of project risk and approaches to risk identification and mitigation
- Understand and be able to apply cost estimation and budgeting of projects
- Understand and be able to apply project scheduling
Identical courses
HMB13A: Projectmanagement (MIBEB)
HME07A: Project Management
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (incoming) (Brussels et al) 242 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Engineering (Brussels et al) 180 ects.
- Preparatory Programme: Master of Business Administration (Programme for students started before 2023-2024) (Brussels) 90 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (incoming) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Project Management (B-KUL-HBA23c)
Content
The course deals with the following topics:
- Introduction on project management
- The organizational context: strategy, structure & culture
- Project selection & portfolio management
- Leadership & the project manager
- Scope management
- Project team building: conflict & negotiation
- Risk management
- Cost management: estimation & budgeting
- Time management: networks, duration estimation, critical path & critical chain
- Agile project management
- Resource management
- Project evaluation & control
- Project closure
Course material
Course notes and research papers will be available via Toledo.
Handbook: PINTO Project Management, achieving competitive advantage: 5th Global Edition
http://public.hubrussel.be/Ancor/SSM/Pages/BekijkSSM.aspx?OID=16987
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Project Management (B-KUL-H73595)
Explanation
The written exam will be a closed book exam.
The evaluation methods during the first and second exam opportunities are identical.
Exercises in smaller groups are also foreseen + an optional group case at the end. Via the option group case 1 extra point on the exam grade/20 can be earned.
Information about retaking exams
The evaluation methods during the second exam opportunities are identical. In the second examination term there will be no possibility to earn an extra point via the optional case.
ECTS Courses Kedge stage 3 second term (B-KUL-HBA23K)
Is included in these courses of study
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Courses Kedge stage 3 second term (B-KUL-HBA23k)
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Courses Kedge stage 3 second term (B-KUL-H75188)
ECTS Courses Kedge stage 1 first term (B-KUL-HBA26K)
Is included in these courses of study
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Courses Kedge stage 1 first term (B-KUL-HBA26k)
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Courses Kedge stage 1 first term (B-KUL-H75193)
ECTS Research Methods 3 (B-KUL-HBA27C)
Aims
5a. Uses static and dynamic models, graphically and algebraically, to analyse and solve (business) economic problems.
5.a.1 Is able to use SPSS for running multiple regression with specific attention for model assumptions. Is able to use adapted regression models for analysing time series data.
5b. Uses descriptive and inferential statistical methods and techniques to solve (business) economic problems.
5.b.1 Is able to evaluate the model assumptions of classical parametric tests and, if needed, is able to apply non-parametric tests using SPSS.
5c. Studies and interprets associations between variables using linear regression techniques.
5.c.1 Is able to interpret the results of a multiple regression analysis, or the results of an adapted analysis on time series data in a scientifically correct way.
6a. Clearly formulates the problem in dialogue with the supervisor(s) but with a sufficient degree of autonomy, defines the research thesis and derives research questions from it for a (business) economics problem with practical relevance.
6b. Based on the critical analysis of various quantitative and qualitative research methods, makes an informed choice about a relevant research method to solve a (business) economics problem relevant to practice.
6c. In line with the given practical relevance and the definition of the (business) economics problem, chooses and uses the appropriate techniques to acquire, analyse and interpret data.
6e. From qualitative and quantitative research findings, draws scientific conclusions that bear practical relevance.
7a. Applies a critical mind when collecting sources and data and assesses their scientific relevance.
7.a.1 Is able to distinguish between scientific (i.e. peer-reviewed) and gray-zone literature. Is able to evaluate the quality of available data (convenience sample, missing data, etc.).
7b. Refers in a correct and consistent manner to scientific sources.
7.b.1 Is able to use APA style for referring to sources in a paper and for making up the list of references.
7c. Critically analyses the contents of (scientific) sources.
7d. Critically assesses (scientific) information, data and structures, and processes all this in line with solving (business) economics problem with practical relevance.
7.d.1 Is able to account for relevant information in the economic literature when specifying regression models.
8c. Identifies the limitations of research and questions the research findings.
8.c.1 Is able to reflect in a critical way about model assumptions, data quality, and the theoretical consistency of the findings.
8d. Sets forth a logical and coherent argumentation to support choices made when solving a (business) economic problem with practical relevance.
8e. Ensures the relevance, precision and scientific character of his own work and takes into account possible feedback.
10a. Uses the language of instruction to communicate orally and in writing with an audience of specialists and non-specialists, and such in a way that is correct on the level of grammar and vocabulary; uses a style that is common in a (business) economics context.
10c. Critically examines scientifically substantiated texts of (business) economic nature and interprets and synthesises them.
11g. Is familiar with relevant ICT applications and uses the knowledge and skills to solve (business) economic problems.
11.g.1 Is able to use SPSS for statistical analysis.
Previous knowledge
If you want to follow this course, it is advisable to have completed the following courses first:
Mathematics for Business A (HBA41C)
Mathematics for Business B (HBA42C)
Statistics for Business 1 (HBA68A)
Statistics for Business 2 (HBA69A)
Research Methods 1 (HBA05C)
Research Methods 2 (HBA14C)
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (incoming) (Brussels et al) 242 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (incoming) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Statistical Modelling (B-KUL-HBA27c)
Content
Hypothesis testing
- Classical parametric tests in SPSS
- Assumptions underlying classical parametric test
- Non-parametric tests
Simple and multiple regression
- Model specification (including transformations, qualitative explanatory variables, interaction effects, choice of explanatory variables)
- Inference about parameters
- Goodness of fit
- Underlying assumptions (special attention for outliers, multicollinearity, heteroscedasticity, autocorrelation)
Adapted dynamic models for time series data
Course material
The obligatory study material consists of slides that will be available on Toledo.
The following book is recommended course material:
Studenmund (2013). Using econometrics: A practical guide (6th. edition). Edinburgh: Pearson Education Limited.
Format: more information
The course uses a blended learning format including web lectures and practice sessions. The web lectures are used to introduce new concepts and techniques and to illustrate these concepts and techniques by means of exercises and related problems. During the practice sessions students will able to ask questions about the course material and to make exercises under the supervision of the lecturer. Students are expected to watch weblectures and prepare exercises before each practice session. Students will also be invited to watch video tutorials about using the software SPSS and to participate in computer sessions to practice the software.
Quantitative Research Project (B-KUL-HBA86b)
Content
The contents of this course unit are closely connected to the contents of the course units “Research methods 2” and “Statistical modelling”. No new theoretical contents are provided. Where necessary partial aspects are reviewed and illustrated in view of students' questions.
Special attention is given to all the aspects of the project: formulation of the problem, literature review, sampling and/or collection of data, analysis and report.
Course material
The obligatory course material consists of slides on Toledo.
The following book is recommended course material:
Studenmund (2013). Using econometrics: A practical guide (6th. edition). Edinburgh: Pearson Education Limited.
Format: more information
Students work in teams on a given assignment (more details and practical arrangements will be available on Toledo), in which at least a multiple regression model is discussed. Step by step they work out the research project, taking care of all the aspects of the project: formulation of the problem, literature review, sampling and/or collection of data, analysis and reporting. At each step a correct scientific approach is essential. All the aspects involved in the project will first be explained and illustrated during the lectures in the beginning of the course. Afterwards students work on the paper and the teacher coaches them during individual feedback sessions.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Research Methods 3 (B-KUL-H73599)
Explanation
Evaluation characteristics
The OLA “statistical modelling” is evaluated with a written exam. The OLA “quantitative research project” is evaluated with an assignment that consists of writing a paper.
OLA Statistical Modelling:
Students will be evaluated during the exam period on the basis of a written exam. This exam can contain open, closed and multiple choice questions. A standard correction for random guessing will be applied to compute the score of multiple choice questions. A detailed explanation of the correction for guessing will be communicated on Toledo. The exam consists of a (sample of) the following types of questions: (1) insight questions in which the theoretical comprehension of statistical technique is evaluated, (2) insight questions in which the student has to indicate which (combination of) analysis technique(s) is suitable for solving a certain research problem and argue why this is the case, (3) insight questions in which the student has to interpret analysis results from SPSS to answer a specific research question. Students may use a hand calculator and a list of formulas.
OLA Quantitative Research Project:
Students make a group assignment that consists of writing a scientific paper (maximum 10 pages not including supplements). The paper assignment is made by a group of students. Submission deadlines and practical details will be communicated on Toledo.
The content of the paper is a small econometric study. Students choose a topic and formulate the problem/research question, carry out a short literature study, find or collect a relevant set of data and specify the model based on this data. Data-analysis should include at least one multiple linear regression analysis. In this, sufficient attention is given to the verification of the statistical assumptions and the forecasting power is assessed. For the statistical analysis, the software SPSS is used. The paper is a report, made in the approved manner. This means there is a clear structure, correct English and scientific language is used, supplements are used where necessary e.g. for technical software output, and references to sources are included in the correct way.
Determination final result
Both parts (Statistical modelling and Quantitative research project) are being evaluated separately. The final grade on the course “Research methods 3” is based on the grades achieved on both parts. Every part is graded on 20 points (rounded to two decimals) and a minimum grade of 8.00/20 on each part is required in order to pass. If a grade of at least 8.00 is obtained for each part, then the final grade is obtained as a weighted average of both grades. The parts “Statistical modelling” and “Quantitative research project” count for 2/3 and 1/3 of the grade for the course “Research methods 3”, respectively. If less than 8.00 is obtained for one of the parts, or for both parts, the final grade is the minimum grade of the two parts.
Information about retaking exams
Students who did not pass for the course during the first exam opportunity need to retake the parts for which they obtained a grade of less than 10.00. The part for which the student obtained a grade of at least 10.00 shall not be taken again.
Important remark for the second exam opportunity: if you retake a particular part, it is the result of the retake that counts (e.g. you obtain 9.00 in the first examination opportunity for “Statistical modelling”, and you obtain a 7.00 for the same part in the second exam opportunity, your result will be 7.00 for that part). As such, the “best result” principle does not apply at the level of the parts “Statistical modelling” and “Quantitative research project”.
Regarding the retake of “quantitative research project”, the student must thoroughly review the paper submitted for the first exam opportunity. This should be done in group or individually (if only one student of a group needs to retake the paper). Submission deadlines and practical details will be communicated on Toledo.
Retaking the course Research Methods 3 in the next academic year means that all partial examinations must be resat. No component marks are transferred to the next academic year.
ECTS Economics and Ethics (B-KUL-HBA28C)
Aims
The course aims at contributing to the following learning results:
The student …
… shows interest in current affairs and broadens his background knowledge. (8g)
Has insight in the evolution of economic and ethical thinking and is able to assess his/her own position. (8g1)
… estimates the impact of business operations on various stakeholders and society. (12a)
… connects the psycho-social and ethical insights with the business economic reality in a reasoned way. (12b)
… reflects on business and economic thinking and behaviour from a social and ethical point of view. (12c)
Analyses ethical dilemmas from different ethical perspectives (Kant, utilitarianism, …) using an ethical evaluation framework in a critical but constructive way. (12c1)
Previous knowledge
The knowledge and competences acquired through the course "Philosophy" (HBA52A) is a perfect starting point for this course. A reasonable amount of independent and logical thinking will be sufficient to do the job.
Identical courses
HMA13A: Economics and Ethics
HMH31A: Economie en ethiek m.i.v. RZL
HBH77E: Religie, zingeving en levensbeschouwing
Y00396: Religie, zingeving en levensbeschouwing
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (incoming) (Brussels et al) 242 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Engineering (Brussels et al) 180 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (incoming) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Economics and Ethics (B-KUL-HBA28c)
Content
The course unit understands ethics very broadly as acquiring an attitude of carefulness and attention to “the good”. It also presupposes that ethics is inherently tragic and limited and that it is, therefore, intimately connected to and in need of spirituality. In view of introducing the notion of spirituality, the course starts with the observation that we live in an ambiguous time. On the one hand, we are today reaping the benefits of unseen progress that became possible thanks to natural science, technology and the modern economy. Never before have so many people had it so good (although poverty, for example, is far from being eradicated). On the other hand, however, we face a multitude of crises. There is not only the ecological crisis, which is getting worse year after year, but there also seems to be a crisis of mental well-being. Moreover, discontent and resentment also seem rampant in society to the extent that they have become a significant driver for large groups of voters. This raises a fundamental question: can we solve these crises within the current system with more science, more technology and more economic growth? Or are they symptoms of a more profound crisis, a moral crisis, a crisis of civilisation? As far as the ecological crisis is concerned, many authors defend that it is a spiritual crisis we should address as such. The course takes its lead from the claim that the ecological crisis is a spiritual crisis to inquire about what spirituality actually is and what sources of spirituality are available to us today. In doing so, it focuses in particular on the relationship between spirituality and the economy. Can the modern economy be a source of spirituality? Or, on the contrary, does the modern economy need a hefty dose of spirituality to deal with the crises just mentioned? The following questions are dealt with: What is the meaning of economics? What are the philosophical presuppositions of modern economics? What view of human beings and the world does it assume (implicitly or not)? Are there moral limits to markets? What is the relationship between economics and religion? What does it mean to claim that economics is the religion of modernity? Does this claim make any sense? What can religions and pre-modern wisdom traditions contribute to a meaningful economy for the present time?
In addition to attending the lectures, students are also expected to complete one of the university-wide RZL modules (English modules available).
Course material
A new course book is in preparation and would be available by February 2025.
Supplementary course material (available via Toledo):
- The slides used during the lectures
- Multimedia library with video fragments
- When relevant: additional examples or illustrations
Format: more information
The heart of the course unit consists in a thorough reading of the course book. During the lectures, the lecturer puts the student on the way with their reading of the course book by pointing out outlines, connections and points of interest. The lectures are supported by slides. It is advisable to take notes carefully.
There is always room for questions and remarks by students. These can be introduced either during class or afterwards (also via email). In order to stimulate personal reflection and communication, the lecturer may create opportunities for exchange (in pairs or small groups, with a short report), personal reflection in writing and conversation with the entire group. Students are in this way invited to shape their learning trajectory in an active way. Students’ input may also be organised by means of surveys and the discussion board.
Is also included in other courses
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Economics and Ethics (B-KUL-H73600)
Explanation
The evaluation for this course consists of two major parts: (1) completing a university-wide RZL moduele, and (2) a written exam at the end of the semester.
Information about the exam: Students will get 2 hours to complete the exam. The exam will assess the degree of understanding of and insight in the course book, as well as the degree in which students have reflected thoroughly on the topics that were discussed in the course and the degree in which they have studied the course book with sense for detail. The exam consists of three questions: (1) a synthesis and reflection question that assesses global insight into the course material and the degree in which students have reflected on the content of the course book, (2) an open question that assesses insight and understanding of a more specific and limited part of the course book, and (3) explaining a key concept or similar question that wishes to assess the degree in which students have studied the course book in detail. Students are allowed to use an annotated copy of the course book.
The final result R for the course unit comes into being by adding up the following scores:
- S1: score for completing a university-wide RZL module (assessed on 3; module completed = 3/3 and no module completed = 0/3);
- S2: score for the synthesis and reflection question during the exam (assessed on 10);
- S3: score for the open question during the exam (assessed on 5);
- S4: score for explaining the key concept (assessed on 2).
Information about retaking exams
In case of a fail for the course unit, the student retakes the written exam. The score for completing a university-wide RZL module is carried into the third examination session. This component cannot be made up and there is no transfer of this partial result to the next academic year.
ECTS French 1 (B-KUL-HBA30C)
Aims
French is essential in the Belgian business world. Therefore, French 1 aims at practical knowledge of French. Students study some important grammatical structures in depth and expand vocabulary. Active and interactive exercises improve the students'' writing and speaking skills.
In this course, the following key objectives are (partially or fully) realized:
- As far as the foreign languages are concerned, knows the general vocabulary, specific (business) economic vocabulary and grammar and uses all this accurately in written and oral communication.
The position of the course in the framework of the learning objectives of the programme can be found under the section “Objectives” of the “Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels).
Previous knowledge
No prerequisites as such, but some previous knowledge is recommended. If not, the student should understand that this course is the start of an intensive course lasting three years. The student will be asked a serious effort and an important progression, which goes beyond the study charge expected for a 3-credit course.
VERY IMPORTANT TO KNOW: Students with French as a mother tongue, students who graduated in a French speaking country and students who graduated in the secondary education in Belgium cannot choose French 1 with these 52 contact hours.
Identical courses
HBH26A: Frans 1
HLH13A: Frans 1
Y00920: Frans 1
HBA31C: French 1 (advanced)
HBH93E: Inleidend Frans 1
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Engineering (Brussels et al) 180 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
French 1 (B-KUL-HBH30c)
Content
1) Starting French I (course book)
(Some topics might be added or removed.)
Unité 1
greeting people; using courtesy phrases
phrases voici, voilà; about tu and vous
Unité 2
introducing oneself; introducing other persons
telling about yourself, your nationality, your mother tongue and so on
gender of nouns; the indefinite article un, une
conjugation of être, s’appeler and verbs of the first group
Unité 3
describing your family; telling about other persons
expressing possession; counting from 1 to 20
the definite article; the possessive adjectives mon, ton, son
conjugation of être and avoir and verbs of the first group: present tense
Unité 4
some more courtesy phrases; counting up to 1000 and more
the possessive adjectives notre, votre, leur; gender and plural
present tense of aller, faire, savoir, devoir, prendre, venir
Unité 5
expressing likes and dislikes; vocabulary to do with food; basic shopping language
the phrases il faut and il y a; the articles du, de la, des
conjugation of dire, pouvoir, vouloir and verbs ending in -endre
Unité 6
finding one’s way; expressing the near future, using imperatives
the contracted articles; the demonstrative adjectives
conjugation of the verbs connaitre, conduire, courir and voir, plus suivre and vivre.
Unité 7
talking about daily routine; telling the time; talking about plans
expressions of quantity and negation; the imperative forms
conjugation of the verbs finir, boire and mettre
Unité 8
more about daily routine; asking questions; months and seasons
ways to ask questions
conjugation of the verbs dormir, partir, sentir, servir, sortir
2) Supplementary exercises (on Toledo)
Course material
https://webapps.odisee.be/Ancor/SSM/Pages/BekijkSSM.aspx?OID=20592
Language of instruction: more information
The instruction language is French. Some explanations will be given in English.
Format: more information
Students practice by holding short conversations with the lecturer and fellow students.
Students are expected to prepare exercises and to participate actively during the classes.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: French 1 (B-KUL-H74462)
Explanation
Written exam (12/20) during the examination period
- This exam consists mainly of verb forms, fill-in and translation exercises (grammar and vocabulary).
Oral assessment (8/20) during the last weeks of the semester
- The contents of the oral assessment will be published on Toledo.
Information about retaking exams
Second exam opportunity
The evaluation methods during the first and second exam opportunities are identical as far as the "written exam" is concerned. There is no resit for the "oral assessment".
ECTS German 1 (B-KUL-HBA31A)
Aims
Command of languages is an absolute requirement in international trade.
This is certainly true in Europe where Germany is an important trading partner for many countries. Command of German is often required in job vacancies. By studying German students can enhance their opportunities on the job market considerably.
In this course, the following key objectives are (partially or fully) realized:
- As far as the foreign languages are concerned: knowledge and mastery of the general vocabulary, specific (business) economic vocabulary and grammar.
The position of the course in the framework of the learning objectives of the programme can be found under the section “Objectives” of the “Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels)”.
Previous knowledge
No prior knowledge is required for this course. However, we do advise some preliminary or introductory study of German.
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Engineering (Brussels et al) 180 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
German 1 (B-KUL-HBA31a)
Content
1. Grammar (as discussed in the manual and grammar book)
1.1 Nouns: gender, flexion, plural; use of the cases
1.2 Articles
1.3 Verbs: Tenses: present, preterite, perfect, future and past perfect tense of regular and irregular verbs as discussed in the manual
1.4 Pronouns
1.5 Prepositions
1.6 Figures and numbers
1.7 Adjectives
Exercises on grammar in the handbook Buscha, Begegnungen A1 and online.
2. Vocabulary
New vocabulary will be introduced and studied by means of the handbook by Buscha, Begegnungen A1.
3. Introduction to German business and culture as covered in the manual and in study material distributed in class (see Toledo announcements).
Course material
http://public.hubrussel.be/Ancor/SSM/Pages/BekijkSSM.aspx?OID=1584
Language of instruction: more information
English may be used to explain items from grammar and vocabulary.
Format: more information
Classes consist of lectures, interactive sessions and practice. Self-activation of students is of the utmost importance. New vocabulary can be taught in interactive sessions by means of short texts or TV-fragments. The German grammar is explained in English when necessary.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: German 1 (B-KUL-H70997)
Explanation
Exam period Jan/Feb or May/Jun
Organization :
Written
Use learning materials :
Closed book
Evaluation method :
Integrated test
Question Type :
Open questions
Reproduction questions
Application requests
Explanation :
The final exam is a written exam.
Students show that they can apply the theoretical knowledge of grammar and that they master
the vocabulary dealt with in class. Writing skills can be tested in a question about aspects of the German economy or culture, as discussed in class.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Exam period Aug/Sep
Organization :
Written
Use learning materials :
Closed book
Evaluation method :
Integrated test
Question Type :
Open questions
Reproduction questions
Understanding questions
Explanation :
The evaluation methods during the first and second exam opportunities are identical
Advanced examinations (before start of the lessons): Yes
Modalities
Conditions: students have to fulfil one of the following conditions:1. Being a native speaker of German2. Using German frequently on the workfloor3. Having completed a study stay of at least six months in a German-speaking country.
Conditions
Written test
ECTS French 1 (advanced) (B-KUL-HBA31C)
Aims
French is essential in the Belgian business world. Therefore, French 1 aims at practical knowledge of French. Students study some important grammatical structures in depth and expand vocabulary. Active and interactive exercises improve the students'' writing and speaking skills.
In this course, the following key objectives are (partially or fully) realized:
- As far as the foreign languages are concerned, knows the general vocabulary, specific (business) economic vocabulary and grammar and uses all this accurately in written and oral communication.
The position of the course in the framework of the learning objectives of the programme can be found under the section “Objectives” of the “Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels).
Previous knowledge
If you want to follow this course, it is advisable to have completed the following courses first: French language competence as acquired and practiced in secondary Flemish education or equivalent (contact your teacher if you don't know).
VERY IMPORTANT TO KNOW: Students who graduated in a French speaking country cannot choose French 1 or French 1 (advanced).
Identical courses
HBH26A: Frans 1
HLH13A: Frans 1
Y00920: Frans 1
HBA30C: French 1
HBH93E: Inleidend Frans 1
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Engineering (Brussels et al) 180 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
French 1 (advanced) (B-KUL-HBA31c)
Content
The learning content of French 1 (advanced) consists of three parts:
- You revise some important grammatical structures.
- You revise and broaden your vocabulary.
- Texts and communicative exercises about the topics covered (studies, student life, societal and socio-economic issues) help you to practice your language skills.
Course material
https://webapps.odisee.be/Ancor/SSM/Pages/BekijkSSM.aspx?OID=20594
Language of instruction: more information
The instruction language is French. All communication (emails, announcements...) concerning the course is done in French.
Format: more information
Classes: using the course book Le français de l'étudiant point com
- Vocabulary, texts, communicative exercises: students prepare exercises and participate actively in the classes.
- Grammar with exercises: students prepare part of the exercises at home. The lecturer answers possible questions in class. Next she/he covers the remaining exercises with the students in an interactive way.
Self-study: basic vocabulary and verb conjugations
- Students study/revise the basic vocabulary and the verb conjugations independently.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: French 1 (advanced) (B-KUL-H74463)
Explanation
The assessment consists of three parts:
1) Continuous assessment (5/20) based on pre-announced activities. Information about the continuous assessment is published on Toledo.
2) A test on basic vocabulary and verb conjugations is also organised during the semester. This compulsory test affects the final result positively or negatively.
3) The written exam (15/20) during the exam period mainly assesses knowledge of grammatical structures and vocabulary. Text comprehension is also covered. A mock exam is published on Toledo. In multiple-choice questions no correction for guessing is applied.
Information about retaking exams
The evaluation methods during the first and second exam opportunities are identical as far as the "written exam" and the "test on basic vocabulary and verb conjugations" are concerned. There is no resit for the "continuous assessment" part.
There is no second exam opportunity for students who did not take part in the "continuous assessment".
ECTS German 2 (B-KUL-HBA32A)
Aims
The following learning outcomes are tested:
A. Concrete learning outcomes :
(8.g) Shows interest in current affairs and broadens his background knowledge.
(10) Is able to clearly communicate and report in the language of instruction. Is able to use in a business context at least two other languages orally and in writing and masters all techniques and skills for efficient and effective business communication.
(10.b) As far as the foreign languages are concerned, knows the general vocabulary, specific (business) economic vocabulary and grammar and uses all this accurately in written and oral communication.
B. More concrete learning outcomes:
1. Students can apply the vocabulary in sentences or phrases necessary to deal with common situations.
2. Students can hold a conversation on a general topic.
3. Students can recognize grammatical rules in a text and use these accurately in exercises and translation exercises.
Previous knowledge
The admission criteria for the programme can be found in the programme catalogue.
If you want to follow this course, it is advisable to have completed the following courses first:
German I
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Engineering (Brussels et al) 180 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
German 2 (B-KUL-HBA32a)
Content
Capita selecta from the manuals. The vocabulary deals with topics from business and society. Grammar topics are: word order (main clause, sub clause, conjunctions), verbs (all tenses, incl. the passive voice), pronouns, prepositions, nouns (strong and weak declension), and adjectives (all uses). Exercises on grammar and vocabulary. Reading texts and articles on business life, management and society. Audio and visual materials from the internet.
Course material
http://public.hubrussel.be/Ancor/SSM/Pages/BekijkSSM.aspx?OID=2098
Format: more information
Classes consist of lectures, interactive sessions and practice. E.g. the lecturer explains an aspect of grammar or discusses the content of a video. Students do exercises afterwards. New vocabulary items are taught in interactive sessions by means of texts and a manual. Audiovisual materials are used as a didactic tool. We expect students to be active in class.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: German 2 (B-KUL-H71405)
Explanation
The exam has a written (16/20) part in the exam period and students must submit written summaries and a vocabulary list (4/20) of the articles they read (minimum 4 recent articles) in a reading assignment (for more details and timing: see Toledo). Students must master the grammar (e.g. in exercises on the use of the verb tenses, conjunctions, adjectives, word order etc.) and the vocabulary (e.g. in writing, in translations etc.). Comprehension can be tested using German texts.
The evaluation methods during the first and second exam opportunities are identical.
ECTS French 2 (B-KUL-HBA32C)
Aims
a. Course rationale
In the global economy, the more languages you speak, the more opportunities you get for business. French is an important language in Western Europe and it also opens doors in many African countries. Moreover, by learning the language you get to know another culture, which is also very important for professional negotiations.
The course provides basic French vocabulary (identity, nationalities, work, physical appearance, daily activities, family, hobbies, weather, etc.) and elementary grammar. You'll learn how to communicate in the most frequent everyday situations (such as asking the way, shopping, using the telephone...) and discover some aspects of the French culture.
In this course, the following key objectives are (partially or fully) realized:
8.g Shows interest in current affairs and broadens his background knowledge.
10.b As far as the foreign languages are concerned, knows the general vocabulary, specific (business) economic vocabulary and grammar and uses all this accurately in written and oral communication.
Previous knowledge
If you want to follow this course, it is advisable to have completed the following courses first: French 1
Identical courses
HBH94E: Inleidend Frans 2
HBA03H: French 2
Y00567: Frans 2
HBH27A: Frans 2
HLH14A: Frans 2
HBA33C: French 2 (advanced)
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Engineering (Brussels et al) 180 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
French 2 (B-KUL-HBA32c)
Content
1) Starting French II (course book)
(Some topics might be added or removed.)
Unité 1
describing your house or flat
the direct and indirect object pronouns me, te, nous, vous and se
conjugation of the verbs s’assoir, croire, écrire, recevoir
Unité 2
expressing your feelings for the place where you live
the direct and indirect object pronouns le, la, les and lui, leur
Unité 3
giving instructions
the imperative forms and the object pronouns
conjugation of the verbs plaire, se taire
Unité 4
talking about the past
the present perfect tense
conjugation : the past participle of regular verbs
Unité 5
understanding accounts of past events
the present perfect tense with être
conjugation : the past participle of irregular verbs
Unité 6
talking about your health
parts of the body
reflexive verbs and the perfect tense
conjugation of the verbs mordre, tordre
Unité 7
making arrangements
talking about the weather
the future tense
conjugation of the verbs atteindre, plaindre, joindre and pleuvoir
Unité 8
talking about the past
the imperfect tense
2) Supplementary exercises (on Toledo)
Course material
https://webapps.odisee.be/Ancor/SSM/Pages/BekijkSSM.aspx?OID=20596
Language of instruction: more information
The instruction language is French. Some explanations will be given in English.
Format: more information
Students practise by holding short conversations with the lecturer and fellow students.
We expect students to prepare exercises and to participate actively during the classes.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: French 2 (B-KUL-H74464)
Explanation
Written exam (12/20) during the examination period
- This exam consists mainly of verb forms, fill-in and translation exercises (grammar and vocabulary).
Oral assessment (8/20) during the last weeks of the semester
- The contents of the oral assessment will be published on Toledo.
Information about retaking exams
The evaluation methods during the first and second exam opportunities are identical as far as the "written exam" is concerned. There is no resit for the "oral assessment".
ECTS Internship Kedge stage 2 second term (B-KUL-HBA32K)
Is included in these courses of study
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Internship Kedge stage 2 second term (B-KUL-HBA32k)
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Internship Kedge stage 2 second term (B-KUL-H75316)
ECTS German 3 (B-KUL-HBA33A)
Aims
Learning objectives :
(8.g) Shows interest in current affairs and broadens his background knowledge.
(10) Is able to clearly communicate and report in the language of instruction. Is able to use in a business context at least two other languages orally and in writing and masters all techniques and skills for efficient and effective business communication.
(10.b) As far as the foreign languages are concerned, knows the general vocabulary, specific (business) economic vocabulary and grammar and uses all this accurately in written and oral communication.
(11.f) During a discussion or conversation, explains and defends a view on (business) economic problems.
Specific learning outcomes:
1. Students can use the vocabulary covered in the seminars in specific gap filling, writing and translation exercises.
2. Students can reply to general questions about the study materials.
3. Students can read and understand economic texts not discussed in class and summarize the main ideas and arguments.
4. Students can link information from the above mentioned texts with elements from the German economy or culture.
5. Students can draw up emails used in business communication.
6. Students can hold a conversation when visiting a German company and report on this visit.
Previous knowledge
The admission criteria for the programme can be found in the programme catalogue.
If you want to follow this course, it is advisable to have completed the following courses first:
German I
German II
Identical courses
HBH17A: Duits 3
HLH92A: Duits 3
HBH82E: Duits 3
Is included in these courses of study
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
German 3 (B-KUL-HBA33a)
Content
Capita selecta from the manuals. Audio and visual materials from German broadcasts (WDR, ZDF ..) or from company websites. Deepening vocabulary and grammatical knowledge (e.g. the conjunctive).
Course material
http://public.hubrussel.be/Ancor/SSM/Pages/BekijkSSM.aspx?OID=1085
Format: more information
Lessons combine teaching sessions, conversation, exercises on vocabulary and grammar.
Students give a presentation in class on a German (or Swiss or Austrian) company, product or some aspect of German culture.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: German 3 (B-KUL-H71663)
Explanation
Organization :
Written
Permanently
Use learning materials :
Closed book
Evaluation method :
Proficiency Test
Integrated test
Presentation
Paper
Question Type :
Open questions
Reproduction questions
Application requests
Explanation :
The written part is permanent evaluation (70 % of the final grade): it includes a test relating to the grammar and to the subjects covered in class and also includes writing assignments.
The oral part (30 % of the final grade) is an oral presentation in German on a German, Swiss or Austrian company, product, cultural topic, or personality.
A summary in German of this presentation (with references) has to be handed in. More details via Toledo.
The evaluation methods for the resit exams are identical.
ECTS French 2 (advanced) (B-KUL-HBA33C)
Aims
In this course, the following key objectives are (partially or fully) realized:
8.g Shows interest in current affairs and broadens his background knowledge.
10.b As far as the foreign languages are concerned, knows the general vocabulary, specific (business) economic vocabulary and grammar and uses all this accurately in written and oral communication.
Previous knowledge
If you want to follow this course, it is advisable to have completed the following courses first: French 1 (advanced)
Identical courses
HBH94E: Inleidend Frans 2
HBA03H: French 2
Y00567: Frans 2
HBH27A: Frans 2
HLH14A: Frans 2
HBA32C: French 2
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Engineering (Brussels et al) 180 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
French 2 (advanced) (B-KUL-HBA33c)
Content
The learning content consists of three parts:
- a course book that explores grammatical structures and covers economic/business vocabulary (study)
- texts and audiovisual material related to business/economics (reading, understanding and conversation)
- a booklet on business/economic vocabulary (self-study)
Course material
https://webapps.odisee.be/Ancor/SSM/Pages/BekijkSSM.aspx?OID=20598
Language of instruction: more information
The instruction language is French. All communication (emails, announcements and the like) concerning this course is done in French.
Format: more information
Course book (lecture, seminar, guided self-study, discussion, group conversation):
- Economic vocabulary, business-related texts, communicative exercises: students prepare short tasks and cooperate actively in class.
- Grammatical structures and exercises: students prepare some of the exercises at home. The lecturer answers possible questions in class. Next she/he covers the remaining exercises with the students in an interactive way.
Economic vocabulary (self-study):
- Students study the economic/business vocabulary independently.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: French 2 (advanced) (B-KUL-H74465)
Explanation
Written exam during the examination period: 8/20.
- This written exam mainly assesses the knowledge of the economic vocabulary, some grammatical structures, and text comprehension. In multiple-choice questions no correction for guessing is applied.
Continuous assessment: 12/20
- listening exercise with writing assignment in class
- presentation in groups of 3, 4 or 5 students, which gauges the students' ability to express themselves in economic French
Test on economic vocabulary during the semester (compulsory); this test affects the final result negatively or positively.
Information about retaking exams
The evaluation methods during the first and second exam opportunities are identical as far as the "written exam" and the "test on economic vocabulary" are concerned. There is no resit for the "continuous assessment" part.
There is no second exam opportunity for students who did not take part in the "continuous assessment".
ECTS Internship Kedge stage 4 term 1 (B-KUL-HBA33K)
Is included in these courses of study
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Internship Kedge stage 4 term 1 (B-KUL-HBA33k)
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Internship Kedge stage 4 term 1 (B-KUL-H75317)
ECTS French 3 (B-KUL-HBA34C)
Aims
a. Course rationale
In the global economy, the more languages you speak, the more opportunities you get for business. French is an important language in Western Europe and it opens doors in many African countries. Moreover, by learning the language you get to know another culture, which is also very important for professional negotiations.
In this course, the following key objectives are (partially or fully) realized:
8.g Shows interest in current affairs and broadens his background knowledge.
10.b As far as the foreign languages are concerned, knows the general vocabulary, specific (business) economic vocabulary and grammar and uses all this accurately in written and oral communication.
11.f During a discussion or conversation, explains and defends a view on (business) economic problems.
Previous knowledge
If you want to follow this course, it is advisable to have completed the following courses first: French 1 and French 2
Identical courses
HBH95E: Inleidend Frans 3
Y00630: Frans 3_1
Y00631: Frans 3_2
HBH28A: Frans 3
HBA35C: French 3 (advanced)
HLH95A: Frans 3
Is included in these courses of study
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
French 3 (B-KUL-HBA34c)
Content
This course covers several aspects of Business French, amongst which (but not limited to): describing a product and a company, written and spoken formal communication (e-mail, answering a phone call), preparing for a job interview and organising a business trip.
During classes students make vocabulary and grammar exercises in order to prepare for communicative exercises. The vocabulary focuses more on economic and business contexts. Students will revise grammar and deepen their grammatical knowledge. New topics that can be covered in class are: degrees of comparison, conditional tense, expressions of quantity, relative pronouns, subjunctive mood, etc.
Course material
https://webapps.odisee.be/Ancor/SSM/Pages/BekijkSSM.aspx?OID=20600
Language of instruction: more information
The instruction language is French. All communication (mails, notices) is done in French. Some explanations will be given in English.
Format: more information
Our approach is a communicative one:
Business vocabulary and some useful grammar are covered to enable students to communicate in a French-speaking business context. Classes are interactive.
Students practice their knowledge in conversations, discussions and role-plays.
They are expected to participate actively in class and prepare written and oral exercises and tests.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: French 3 (B-KUL-H74466)
Explanation
In principle, students are expected to take part in all classes.
* The final grade is a weighted score and consists of:
Written exam during the examination period (14/20):
· Written exam (14/20): mainly grammar and vocabulary, specific contents and mock exam can be found on TOLEDO. In multiple-choice questions no correction for guessing is applied.
Continuous assessment (6/20):
· Oral exam (6/20): Students give an oral presentation during the semester, which counts for the oral exam portion: contents on TOLEDO.
One mid-course optional test can be scheduled during the year.
* If the student does not participate in one of the partial evaluations, the final grade of the course will be NA (not attended) for the whole course.
Second exam opportunity:
•The evaluation methods during the first and second exam opportunities are identical as far as the "written exam" is concerned.
•There is however no second chance for the "continuous assessment" part.
Information about retaking exams
Second exam opportunity:
•The evaluation methods during the first and second exam opportunities are identical as far as the "written exam" is concerned.
•There is however no second chance for the "continuous assessment" part.
ECTS Courses Kedge stage 4 (B-KUL-HBA34K)
Is included in these courses of study
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Courses Kedge stage 4 (B-KUL-HBA34k)
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Courses Kedge stage 4 (B-KUL-H75642)
ECTS French 3 (advanced) (B-KUL-HBA35C)
Aims
In this course, the following key objectives are (partially or fully) realized:
8.g Shows interest in current affairs and broadens his background knowledge.
10.b As far as the foreign languages are concerned, knows the general vocabulary, specific (business) economic vocabulary and grammar and uses all this accurately in written and oral communication.
11.f During a discussion or conversation, explains and defends a view on (business) economic problems.
Previous knowledge
French 1 (advanced) & French 2 (advanced)
Identical courses
HBH95E: Inleidend Frans 3
Y00630: Frans 3_1
Y00631: Frans 3_2
HBH28A: Frans 3
HBA34C: French 3
HLH95A: Frans 3
Is included in these courses of study
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
French 3 (advanced) (B-KUL-HBA35c)
Content
The programme contents consist of three parts:
•a syllabus on communicative skills linked to the business world (study)
•all kinds of language activities (without syllabus : reading, discussion, presentation, continuous assessment)
•a syllabus with vocabulary and expressions (self-study)
1 COMPETENCES COMMUNICATIVES
•la correspondance professionnelle
•la communication téléphonique
•les graphiques
2 ACTIVITES LANGAGIERES
•jeux de rôle
•discussions en groupes
•vocabulaire
•présentation d'entreprise
3 COMMUNIQUER SANS FAUTES : VOCABULAIRE ET EXPRESSIONS
Course material
https://webapps.odisee.be/Ancor/SSM/Pages/BekijkSSM.aspx?OID=20602
French III Le français de la communication professionnelle (Lecturers French)
Communiquer sans fautes : vocabulaire et expressions (Lecturers French)
Language of instruction: more information
The instruction language is French. All communication (mails, notices) is done in French. Translation exercises are from and into English.
Format: more information
Learning conversation, practical writing and oral exercises, role play, presentation, discussion...
The students extensively present a company and develop a series of language activities around it.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: French 3 (advanced) (B-KUL-H74467)
Explanation
Written exam (50% of the points): on the chapters studied in the course and on the "vocabulary of the presentations". In multiple-choice questions no correction for guessing is applied.
Continuous assessment (50% of the points): the student's level is continuously assessed while actively participating in the lectures and while presenting a company.
Bonus/malus system: the booklet "Communiquer sans fautes" (self-study) is questioned by means of a test on 40 points, for which the student must obtain a minimum of 25/40. Each point above that limit will earn him a bonus of 0.1 point on his final score; each point below that limit will cost him a malus of 0.1 point on his final score.
Information about retaking exams
The evaluation methods during the first and second exam opportunities are identical as far as the "written exam" and the "test communiquer sans fautes" are concerned. There is no resit for the "continuous assessment" part.
There is no second exam opportunity for students who did not take part in the "continuous assessment".
ECTS Courses Kedge stage 1 second term (B-KUL-HBA35K)
Is included in these courses of study
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Courses Kedge stage 1 second term (B-KUL-HBA35k)
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Courses Kedge stage 1 second term (B-KUL-H75643)
ECTS Business Project (B-KUL-HBA36C)
Aims
The student has acquired thorough knowledge in business studies and developed a great business sensitivity which he is able to use in a targeted way when analysing and solving business problems (LR1)
Uses the analysis of a (business) economic problem to develop and propose a solution in line with the organisational strategy (LR 1c)
The student is able to select relevant methods of research, apply them correctly, process the results in a scientific way and apply a critical mind to them (LR 6)
Clearly formulates the problem in dialogue with the supervisor(s) but with a sufficient degree of autonomy, defines the research thesis and derives research questions from it for a (business) economics problem with practical relevance (LR 6a)
Based on the critical analysis of various quantitative and qualitative research methods, makes an informed choice about a relevant research method to solve a (business) economics problem relevant to practice. (LR 6b)
In line with the given practical relevance and the definition of the (business) economics problem, chooses and uses the appropriate techniques to acquire, analyse and interpret data. (LC 6c)
Assesses the impact on reliability and validity of the results when developing the research design. (LR 6d)
From qualitative and quantitative research findings, draws scientific conclusions that bear practical relevance. (LR 6e)
Based on a comprehensive analysis of the research findings, produces informed recommendations to support or enhance the policy of the organisation. (LR 6f)
Displays an inquisitive attitude: accuracy, critical reflection, scientific curiousness, justification of choices made. (LR 8)
Identifies (business) economic challenges with practical relevance and relates them to insights developed in the field. (LR 8a)
Takes into consideration alternative explanations and methods when analysing and solving a (business) economic problem with practical relevance. (LR 8b)
Identifies the limitations of research and questions the research findings. (LR 8c)
Sets forth a logical and coherent argumentation to support choices made when solving a (business) economic problem with practical relevance. (LR 8d)
Ensures the relevance, precision and scientific character of his own work and takes into account possible feedback. (LR 8e)
Critically reflects on his own behaviour and approach, in the context of lifelong learning. (LR 8f)
Shows interest in current affairs and broadens his background knowledge. (LR 8g)
Is able to function as a team member in various roles. (LR 9)
In a team and depending on the context, takes on management, executive or supportive tasks and as such contributes actively to a joint result. (LR 9a)
Listens to the opinion of others and constructively deals with various opinions and cultures. (LR 9b)
Is able to clearly communicate and report in the language of instruction. Is able to use in a business context at least two other languages orally and in writing and masters all techniques and skills for efficient and effective business communication.(LR 10)
Uses the language of instruction to communicate orally and in writing with an audience of specialists and non-specialists, and such in a way that is correct on the level of grammar and vocabulary; uses a style that is common in a (business) economics context.
Displays management skills and entrepreneurship, focusing on operational problem solving. (LR 11)
Independently or in team, efficiently carries out a clearly defined assignment. (LR11a)
Demonstrates creativity, takes initiative, assumes responsibility, and sets priorities when carrying out economic (business) assignments. (LR11b)
Analyses an economic problem in its context, combines data to solve this problem and uses the accumulated multidisciplinary knowledge. (LR11c)
Suggests and evaluates alternative solutions to a problem. (LR11d)
Evaluates the feasibility of a project by correctly estimating the required resources and the related risks. (LR11e)
During a discussion or conversation, explains and defends a view on (business) economic problems. (LR11f)
Is familiar with relevant ICT applications and uses the knowledge and skills to solve (business) economic problems. (LR11g)
Uses management skills and entrepreneurship in a business context. (LR11h)
In this course the student solves in group a management problem for a company. The following phases are completed in a constructive dialogue with the coaches:
• Conversion of the problem in a clear problem definition and well-defined research objectives
• Search for scientific literature that fits with and clarifies the research domain
• Selection of a useful and appropriate research method and the development of a research design
• Collection of the quantitative and qualitative data taking into consideration the impact of their relevance and the scientific reliability
• Analysis of the quantitative and qualitative data with the objective to formulate recommendations for the project company
• Communication and defense of the research findings and recommendations to the project company and the coaches, written and oral, in a clear and critical way.
Previous knowledge
The Bachelor's Thesis (i.e. Business Project and Career Development) can only be registered for if the students graduate. Both courses should be taken up at the same time. Only English, Economics and Ethics or courses from the elective tracks Language choice 1, Languages and Management and European Studies can be postponed with a maximum of 6 credits.
Order of Enrolment
SIMULTANEOUS(HBA37C)
HBA37CHBA37C : Career Development
Is included in these courses of study
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Business Project (B-KUL-HBA36c)
Content
The main objective within the business project is conducting a research on behalf of an organisation. This organisation is for instance a company, a government agency or a non-for profit organisation.
Throughout the course of the project, there will be three milestones:
1. In October, students have to organize a meeting with the supervisor and the company coach to discuss the problem of the project company. In consultation with both coaches, the students will draw up a project plan.
Afterwards, the students will write a report of this first meeting, which will also include a first attempt at translating the general problem to one or multiple objectives and/or research questions. The group is expected to mail this report to the supervisor and the company coach and to post it on Toledo before the end of October.
2. Between the stage ‘Definition of research methodology/approach’ and the stage ‘Data collection/fieldwork’, the students have to draw up an interim report. In this report, they give an overview of their progress on the previous stages and set out the expected development of the following project stages.
Moreover, they will write a (individual) reflection report on the teamwork of the group. They will send by e-mail the interim report and the reflection reports to the supervisor and the company coach. The interim report should be posted on Toledo and the reflection report in the Blackboard portfolio of the student the last college week of the first semester at the latest.
In addition, they will organize an oral presentation and feedback session with the supervisor and the company coach to provide further comments on the interim report. The deadline for this meeting is the first college week of the second semester.
3. Students have to report to the supervisor and the company coach for the last time in the 11th college week of the 2nd semester at the latest. The final reporting should consist of:
- A final report: this is an integrated whole in which the problem, objectives, literature review, methodology, results, conclusions and well-founded pieces of advice will be discussed. The final report consists also an executive summary;
- An audio or video presentation for the board members of the project company.
This output should also be e-mailed to the supervisor and the company coach and be posted in KU Loket.
Moreover, the students have to organize an evaluation meeting with the supervisor and the company coach at the latest the last college week of the second semester.
Students will have the possibility to make some adjustments to the (individual) reflection report on the teamwork and e-mail the updated version to the supervisor and the company coach.
In sum, the following output, which will be completed by the students over the course of the project, must be posted:
- A report of the first meeting (deadline: end of October) on Toledo;
- An interim report (deadline: last college week of the 1st semester) on Toledo;
- Final reporting, including an executive summary and an audio or video presentation (deadline: 11th college week of the 2nd semester) on KU Loket.
All reports have to meet the formal requirements as prescribed by FEB (see Toledo). These formal requirements are binding and consequently part of the evaluation of the output.
Course material
All detailed information will be available on Toledo.
Format: more information
The business project is executed in a group of 3 students. During a kick-off meeting organised in the first week of the academic year, the project guidelines are discussed in-depth.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Business Project (B-KUL-H74935)
Explanation
The Business Project course will be evaluated on the components ‘attitude and process’ and ‘reporting’.
- The supervisor will evaluate the ‘attitude and process’ component in consultation with the company coach. The evaluation of the ‘attitude and process’ component is worth 25% of the final result, of which 10% is achieved in the first semester and 15% in the second semester.
- The evaluation of the ‘reporting’ component, performed by the supervisor, is worth 75% of the final result, of which 10% is based on the interim report and 65% on the final reporting.
If there is a clear inequality in the contribution of each of the team members, the supervisor can decide to individualize the evaluation results of the team.
If the students do not meet one of the deadlines described in the milestones, they will receive a zero grade for the ‘attitude and process’ component.
If students receive a fail mark for the ‘final result’ component, they cannot pass this course. The final grade will then encompass the lowest grade of the ‘attitude and process’ component and the ‘final product’ component.
There is a zero tolerance for this course.
Information about retaking exams
The second exam chance is different to the first exam chance.
Only students who have executed a business project during the current academic year, obtain a second exam chance.
The adjusted final reporting should be posted on Toledo and e-mailed to the supervisor and the company coach. The deadline is the end of August.
The evaluation of the second exam chance will be a weighed result based on the following evaluation components :
- Final reporting: 75%
- Attitude / process :25%
If students receive a fail mark for the ‘reporting’ component, they cannot pass this course. The final grade will then encompass the lowest grade of the ‘attitude and process’ component and the ‘reporting’ component.
There is a zero tolerance for this course.
ECTS Courses Kedge stage 2 first term (B-KUL-HBA36K)
Is included in these courses of study
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Courses Kedge stage 2 first term (B-KUL-HBA36k)
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Courses Kedge stage 2 first term (B-KUL-H75644)
ECTS Career Development (B-KUL-HBA37C)
Aims
- The main aim of this course 'Career Development' is to support students in their development of their professional future self and in their reflection on their professional interests and aspirations. The course consist of three parts: (1) Define yourself, (2) Develop your skills, (3) Explore your options.
- Learning Outcomes Bachelor Business Administrion addressed in this course 'Career Development':
7.c Critically analyses the contents of (scientific) sources.
8.c Identifies the limitations of research and questions the research findings.
8.f Critically reflects on his own behaviour and approach, in the context of lifelong learning.
9 Is able to function as a team member in various roles.
9.b Listens to the opinion of others and constructively deals with various opinions and cultures.
9.b.1 Discusses in team with peers and coaches about own talents and values, management and entrepreneurial skills and expectations about one’s career.
9.b.2 Reflects in team with peers and coaches about one’s personal career development plan and on a shorter notice about the choice of which master programme to follow.
10.c Critically examines scientifically substantiated texts of (business) economic nature and interprets and synthesizes them.
10.c.1. reads scientifically substantiated texts in order to prepare a personal career development plan
10.c.2 uses validated tools to develop a personal develop plan and to substantiate a reflection report.
11 Displays management skills and entrepreneurship, focusing on operational problem solving.
11.a Independently or in team, efficiently carries out a clearly defined assignment.
11.a.1 Develops independently a network geared towards the personal career development and the labour market
11.a.2 Develops and manages competencies in function of one’s personal career ambitions
11.b Demonstrates creativity, takes initiative, assumes responsibility, and sets priorities when carrying out economic (business) assignments.
11.b.1 Systematically plans one’s personal development- and career path
11.b.2. Reflects on the necessary actions to complete the personal career development plan
11.b.3. Adheres punctually to the principles of time management when making assignments
11.e Evaluates the feasibility of a project by correctly estimating the required resources and the related risks.en 11e.1 Makes a realistic assessment of oneself and of the desired and feasible career plan actions in one's career plan
11.f During a discussion or conversation, explains and defends a view on (business) economic problems.
11.f.1. Convinces peers, coaches and third parties of the quality and depth of the reflection about the future career and the activities deployed to develop the necessary competencies
11.h Uses management skills and entrepreneurship in a business context.
11.h.1 Uses self-knowledge, knowledge about labour market and the desired future career to choose one job opening from a variety of job openings to apply to
12 Recognizes the social and ethical aspects of management and can reflect critically on them.
12.b Connects the psycho-social and ethical insights with the business economic reality in a reasoned way.
12.b.1 Investigates, taking into account social and ethical aspects, what having a job in a specific profession, sector or industrial branch implies.
13. has insight into his or her own competencies and motives, takes a pro-active attitude towards his or her own development and can reflect critically on their own behaviour.
- LEARNING OBJECTIVES SPECIFIC FOR THIS COURSE 'Career Development': At the end of this course the student is able to:
a) interpret academic insights on careers and employability and uses these insights to reflect critically on careers of others and one's own career (8f, 9b, 10c, 11a)
b) understand one's own aspirations, competencies, motives and career choices (8f, 9b, 11a)
c) take a pro-active attitude with regard to one's own development (8f, 9b,11a,11b, 11f, 11h)
d) understand the labour market and jobs in the field of business administration (11a, 11b, 11h, 12b)
e) end up with a solid career plan (8f, 11a, 11b, 11f, 12b)
Previous knowledge
This course (Career Development) can only be taken if the bachelor's programme can be completed in the academic year concerned.
Order of Enrolment
SIMULTANEOUS( HBA36C )
HBA36CHBA36C : Business Project
Is included in these courses of study
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Career Development (B-KUL-HBA37c)
Content
This course consists of three parts:
(1) In the first part “Discover and define yourself' (knowing WHY, how and who) the student uses insights from academic literature and concrete exercises and workshops to evaluate his or her values, motives, competencies, and interests (who am I, what do I want, what can I do, how does my network look like) ; (2) In the second part 'Develop your skills' (knowing HOW) the student develops competencies that are desired for the own future career choices and development. This is made feasible through workshops, seminars, Career Corner activities specifically for this course like 'Competence Day' (i.e. mainly virtual workshops, seminars on competencies to master your career planning, career development and employability), other activities, etc. (3) In a third part 'Explore your options' the student becomes more and more familiar with the demand side of the labour market and he/she gets in touch with organizations and jobs. The students reflects further on and builds his/her own desired network (knowing WHO). To this end, the student can choose from a wide range of opportunities, e.g. international study visits, having in-depth interviews with job holders (story telling), Panels&Talks, other seminars and activities. This process should provide the student with more accurate information to adapt the own perception about careers and jobs (was my perception right, do I consider myself having a similar career, etc.).
Course material
Compulsory learning material:
Compulsory learning material (articles, transparancies, exercises, excerpts from books,…) will be distributed using Toledo
Recommended learning material:
Grit, R., Guit, R. & van der Sijde, N. (2012). Managing your compentencies – Personal Development Plan, Noordhoff Uitgevers (third edition), ISBN 978-90-01-81421-2
Any additional material will be distributed through Toledo
Format: more information
This course combines interactive lectures, asynchronous courses, hands-on workshops, as well as a selection from other activities (see Content). Concrete up to date information will be distributed on Toledo. In addition students will be supported in their learning process by coaching; team coaching and individual coaching on demand.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Career Development (B-KUL-H74936)
Explanation
The evaluation for the first exam session consists of 2 parts, always check Toledo for this course for concrete guidelines.
Part 1) Group assignment in groups of 3 students: interview with career holder/actor + presentation & reflection in workshop (35%) - indication of period: between February and March (see Toledo for exact time slots). An individual score can be different from the group score based on the individual answers during the critical question session of the presentation and based on the own critical questions raised during interview presentations.
Part 2) Written exam on the Career development plan (65%) - Deadline and modalities for handing in career development plan will be communicated via Toledo, indication: just before start of June exam period
Erasmus students have the same evaluation scheme.
Students must participate to both evaluation parts to be able to obtain a score on this course. If not participated at one of the parts; a NA score is the sanction for the whole course.
The final score is calculated like above and expressed with an integer on 20.
Information about retaking exams
In the second session, the student can retake both parts. Only those parts for which a score less than 10 is obtained can and have to be retaken.
PART 1) interview with career holder/actor (35%): the student makes individually a new written report about an interview with a career holder; the career holder needs to be a different person than in the 1st exam session. The deadline will be determined by the professor, see Toledo.
PART 2) wriiten Career development plan, deadline communicated via Toledo (65%)
The final score is calculated like above and expressed with an integer on 20.
ECTS Management Game (B-KUL-HBA38C)
Aims
In this course, the following key objectives are (partially or fully) realized:
The student
8.a identifies (business) economic challenges with practical relevance and relates them to insights developed in the field.
8.a.1. Is able to relate theory to practice.
8.a.2. The student knows the fundamental theories and movements in business economic thought and can implement these in a simulated business context.
8.a.3. Can make a master budget based on a given initial situation and various given hypotheses.
8.a.4. Can formulate hypotheses in a simulated business context using given business economic and economic forecasts.
8.a.5. Has insight into various aspects of managing a business and the internal relations.
11.a independently or in team, efficiently carries out a clearly defined assignment.
11.a.1. Contributes actively to a common result.
11.a.2. Takes initiative and accepts responsibilities.
11.a.3. Applies all principles of time-management.
11.a.4. Can make a website in team.
During the business game students are expected to take a vision on the long-term and establish connections between various corporate decisions in a simulated business environment, taking the general economic context and business context into account. The students should also take into account targets that are expected to be realized during the game. In order to achieve these targets, they have to take decisions according to their business situation. For this, they should use their budgeting knowledge. The student must be able to link the various data and predefined assumptions to the financial statements of a company.
Previous knowledge
In 2024-2025, Handelswetenschappen students (Dutch programme) that want to take the course Management Game, need to have completed the course Management Project 2 firstIt is advisable to have completed the following courses first:
- Financial Accounting
- Financial Statement Analysis
- Corporate Finance
Identical courses
HBH84E: Management Game
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor in de handelswetenschappen (Brussel) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Engineering (Brussels et al) 180 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (incoming) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Management Game (B-KUL-HBA38c)
Content
BUDGETING (1 of 3 CR)
Based on case studies, students are prepared for the business game.
BUSINESS GAME (2 of 3 CR)
Students team up: about six students per company. While playing the game the student will experience how management decisions have an impact on business activities. Three or four teams compete against each other. Each team makes various decisions in the course of fictional financial years. During the game the students budget different components of the income statement. This business game makes student familiar with the manager's role: he is expected to hold meetings, conduct negotiations, plan and work in team, etc. Afterwards, the student is expected to present their pursued policy and some business economic aspects of the game written (website) and orally (by answering questions asked by the coach).
Course material
Available on the VLE (Toledo).
Format: more information
BUDGETING (1 of 3 CR)
The elaboration of this part is done on the basis of cases.
BUSINESS GAME (2 of 3 CR)
- In the first semester the ‘kick-off’ takes place.
- At the start of the second semester the student receives the preparatory assignments for the business game. These assignments need to be handed in before the start of the business game.
- During the business game the student leads the company for different fictional years. During these financial years the student will budget his revenue and different cost components.
- The student develops in team their own website, which represents the policy of his company. A guest speaker informs useful aspects to implement in the website.
- After the business game, the student answers questions, asked by the coach. These questions are based on the policy of the company and the created website.
- The student fills out a peer- and self-evaluation.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Management Game (B-KUL-H74937)
Explanation
Evaluation caracteristics
- BUDGETING (1 of 3 CR)
The student has to prepare the cases. The quality of preparation will be evaluated.
- BUSINESS GAME (2 of 3 CR)
Before the start of the business game the student hands in:- Organizational structure of the company
- Mission statement of the company
- LT objectives of the company
- Budgeting assignment
During the business game:
- Participation of the business game
- Attending guest speaker
- Developing website
After the business game:
- Oral elucidation of the pursued policy of the company and the website (questions asked by the coach)
- Peer- and selfevaluation
The documents needed and deadlines are available on the VLE.
Determination final result
The course shall be assessed in terms of a final mark out of twenty. The final mark is based on 60 marks (will afterwards be converted to 20) and is a weighted grade that is determined as followed:
- The part ‘Budgeting’ is weighted for 20 marks (of the 60)
- The part ‘Business game’ is weighted for 40 marks (of the 60)
- Content
- General policy: 20 of the 40 marks (group score)
- Defence (oral elucidation): 15 of the 40 marks (individual score)
- Website: 5 of the 40 marks (group score)
- The weighted grade can be adjusted by the peer- and selfevaluation
- Content
Additional criteria to succeed:
- If the student doesn’t participate one of the part evaluations, the student shall receive a ‘not participated’ for the whole course.
- If the student didn’t participate the activities of the business game, the student shall receive a ‘not participated’ for the whole course. (The activities will be scheduled in the timetable of the student.)
- If the student was absent during the oral elucidation the student shall receive a ‘not participated’ for the whole course.
Second exam opportunity
There is no second examination opportunity for this course.
Information about retaking exams
ECTS Financial Accounting A (B-KUL-HBA39C)
Aims
The registration and analysis of financial information are essential competences for business students. Reliable financial information is the basis for numerous business decisions to be taken by various internal and external stakeholders of the organization (e.g. current and/or future shareholders, management of the organization, financial institutions, creditors, etc.).
This course is designed to provide students with a broad, basic knowledge of financial accounting. Students must be able to apply double-entry accounting and to record correct entries for common commercial and financial transactions, transactions concerning current assets, including corresponding end-of-period adjustments.
In this course, the following key objectives are (partially or fully) realized:
- Understands basic theories, basic terms, and basic concepts of each management domain, in particular with respect to the financial, operational, commercial and organisational activities, and applies them when solving (business) economics problems.
- Can apply correct journal entries within the system of double entry bookkeeping based on supporting documents and using a chart of accounts.
- Has insight into the current financial reporting regulations and applies them to register financial transactions.
- Has insight into accounting law and corporate financial statements and applies it when registering common commercial and financial transactions, transactions concerning current assets, including year-end adjustments.
The position of the course in the framework of the learning objectives of the programme can be found under the section “Objectives” of the “Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels)”.
Previous knowledge
No prior knowledge is required for this course.
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Financial Accounting A (B-KUL-HBA39c)
Content
1. The Language of Business
2. Introduction to Financial Statements
3. The Accounting Process
4. Accounting Principles
5. Fundamental Commercial and Financial Transactions
6. End-of-Period Entries
7. Inventories
8. Amounts Receivable Within One Year
Course material
Textbook: DE GROOTE, H., GHIJSELINCK, V. en VAN CANEGHEM, T. (2024). A Practical Guide to Financial Accounting. Gent. Owl Press. (ISBN 9789464983531)
Course material provided on Toledo.
Format: more information
Practical lecture - Traditional lecture
The course consists of a combination of interactive lectures and tutorials.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Financial Accounting A (B-KUL-H75113)
Explanation
Evaluation caracteristics
A written exam in January (closed book, 18 marks), which consists of exercises/cases. Students are allowed to use the basic chart of accounts which will be provided during the exam (i.e., students CANNOT use their own chart of accounts) and a basic pocket calculator (own pocket calculator). The use of a dictionary is forbidden.
Determination final result
18 marks on the written exam; 2 marks for actively engaging with the subject matter based on a number of assignments to be submitted by a given deadline (will be communicated during the lectures). [So total score is on 20 marks.]
Second exam opportunity
20 marks on written exam (same format as the written exam in January). The 2 marks on assignments during the semester are NOT applicable for the retake.
Information about retaking exams
Second exam opportunity
20 marks on written exam (same format as the written exam in January). The 2 marks on assignments during the semester are NOT applicable for the retake.
ECTS Financial Accounting B (B-KUL-HBA40C)
Aims
The registration and analysis of financial information are essential competences for business students. Reliable financial information is the basis for numerous business decisions to be taken by various internal and external stakeholders of the organization (e.g. current and/or future shareholders, management of the organization, financial institutions, creditors, etc.).
This course is designed to provide students with a broad, basic knowledge of financial accounting. Students must be able to apply double-entry accounting and to record correct entries for common transactions concerning fixed assets, equity and liabilities, including corresponding end-of-period adjustments. In addition, they should be able to translate this information into the financial statements.
In this course, the following key objectives are (partially or fully) realized:
- Understands basic theories, basic terms, and basic concepts of each management domain, in particular with respect to the financial, operational, commercial and organisational activities, and applies them when solving (business) economics problems.
- Can apply correct journal entries within the system of double entry bookkeeping based on supporting documents and using a chart of accounts.
- Has insight into the current financial reporting regulations and applies them to register financial transactions.
- Has insight into accounting law and corporate financial statements and applies it when registering fixed assets, equity and liabilities, including year-end adjustments.
The position of the course in the framework of the learning objectives of the programme can be found under the section “Objectives” of the “Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels)”.
Previous knowledge
Financial Accounting A
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Financial Accounting B (B-KUL-HBA40c)
Content
1. Tangible Fixed Assets
2. Intangible Fixed Assets
3. Shareholders' Equity
4. Provisions
5. Liabilities
6. Preparing Financial Statements
Course material
Textbook: DE GROOTE, H., GHIJSELINCK, V. en VAN CANEGHEM, T. (2024). A Practical Guide to Financial Accounting. Gent. Owl Press. (ISBN 9789464983531)
Course material provided on Toledo
Format: more information
Practical lecture - Traditional lecture
The course consists of a combination of interactive lectures and tutorials.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Financial Accounting B (B-KUL-H75114)
Explanation
Evaluation caracteristics
A written exam in June (closed book, 18 marks), which consists of exercises/cases. Students are allowed to use the basic chart of accounts which will be provided during the exam (i.e., students CANNOT use their own chart of accounts) and a basic pocket calculator (own pocket calculator). The use of a dictionary is forbidden.
Determination final result
18 marks on the written exam; 2 marks for actively engaging with the subject matter based on a number of assignments to be submitted by a given deadline (will be communicated during the lectures). [So total score is on 20 marks.]
Second exam opportunity
20 marks on written exam (same format as the written exam in June). The 2 marks on assignments during the semester are NOT applicable for the retake.
Information about retaking exams
Second exam opportunity
20 marks on written exam (same format as the written exam in June). The 2 marks on assignments during the semester are NOT applicable for the retake.
ECTS Mathematics for Business A (B-KUL-HBA41C)
Aims
In Mathematics for Business A you expand your mathematical knowledge. You learn how to use mathematical concepts and methods in economic applications. The confrontation with the mathematical way of thinking sharpens your critical sense and problem solving abilities.
In this course, the following key objectives are (partially or fully) realized:
Defines, explains and uses, both graphically and model-based, macro- and micro-economic concepts
- Defines, explains and uses both graphically and in a model-based way, a number of specific concepts like marginality and elasticity, from a mathematical point of view.
Uses static and dynamic models, graphically and algebraically, to analyse and solve (business) economic problems.
- Has knowledge of and insight into functions of one variable and uses these to analyse and solve (business) economic problems, both graphically and algebraically.
Sets forth a logical and coherent argumentation to support choices made when solving a (business) economic problem with practical relevance.
- Works out a logical and coherent argumentation to support the chosen mathematical technique when solving a (business) economic problem.
Is familiar with relevant ICT applications and uses the knowledge and skills to solve (business) economic problems.
- Is familiar with relevant ICT applications for the mathematical techniques used.
The position of the course in the framework of the learning objectives of the programme can be found under the section “Objectives” of the “Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels)”.
Previous knowledge
The student must have algebraic skills (including doing calculations with exponents, calculations with letters, solving linear and quadratic equations and inequalities) and knowledge of linear and quadratic functions. Knowledge of elementary plane analytical geometry (equations of lines and circles) is also required. The student further needs to have a logical and abstract reasoning ability.
Before the start of the academic year an introductory course is organized where this prerequisite knowledge will be reviewed. This introductory course will not suffice to bridge important gaps in preprequisite knowledge; students who do not have a sufficiently solid base in mathematics will be urged to make up for it in self-study.
Identical courses
Y05152: Wiskunde voor bedrijfswetenschappen A
HBH89E: Wiskunde voor bedrijfswetenschappen A
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (incoming) (Brussels et al) 242 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Mathematics for Business A (B-KUL-HBA41c)
Content
1. Exponential and logarithmic functions and economic applications
2. Functions of one variable
3. Derivative of a function of one variable and economic applications
4. Curve sketching, maxima and minima of functions of one variable
Course material
Hauessler, E.F., Paul, R.S., Wood, R.J.: Introductory Mathematical Analysis for Business, Economics, and the Life and Social Sciences. Pearson International Editition (from 13th edition).
Format: more information
Practical lecture - Practice session
Every week, two hours of lecture, two hours of practice session and two hours of study session are planned.
During the lectures, the new concepts and methods are introduced and demonstrated in exercises and applications.
Next, in practice sessions in smaller groups, students solve problems under the guidance of a lecturer and receive feedback on their way of working and proposed solutions.
Finally, in the study sessions, students can solve exercises alone or in small groups at their own rate, and seek individual advice from the lecturer present.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Mathematics for Business A (B-KUL-H75115)
Explanation
The final exam result in the first exam period is the result obtained by rounding to the nearest integer number the sum of:
- the bonus score that can be earned on the initial assessment at the start of the academic year (a score of 60% or more on this initial assessment yields a full bonus score of 1 while a score of 50% or more yields a half bonus score of 0.5);
- the total score (on a total of 2 points) on the intermediate tests organised during the semester;
- the score (on a total of 18 points) on the written final exam organized during the first exam period.
Not participating in the initial assessment or (some of) the intermediate tests results in a zero score for the respective part of final score. Not participating in the exam results in the final score NA regardless the scores on the initial assessment and intermediate tests.
If a student achieves a total score of more than 20, this score will be reduced to 20.
The result obtained on the initial assessment and the intermediate tests during the semester no longer account for the final result in the third exam period. Consequently, this final result only consists of the score (on a total of 20) on the written exam organized during the third exam period.
Information about retaking exams
For students who retake the exam in the third exam period, the result for the retake exam is the final result for the course, i.e. the result of the initial assessment and intermediate tests during the semester are not taken into account anymore.
ECTS Mathematics for Business B (B-KUL-HBA42C)
Aims
In Mathematics for business economists B you expand your mathematical knowledge. You learn how to use mathematical concepts and methods in economic applications. The confrontation with the mathematical way of thinking sharpens your critical sense and problem solving abilities.
In this course, the following key objectives are (partially or fully) realized:
Defines, explains and uses, both graphically and model-based, macro- and micro-economic concepts.
- Defines, explains and uses both graphically and in a model-based way, a number of specific concepts like partial marginality, from a mathematical point of view.
Uses static and dynamic models, graphically and algebraically, to analyse and solve (business) economic problems.
- Has knowledge of and insight into functions of several variables and uses these to analyse and solve (business) economic problems, both graphically and algebraically.
- Has knowledge of and insight into the basis of matrix algebra and uses this to analyse and solve (business) economic problems.
Sets forth a logical and coherent argumentation to support choices made when solving a (business) economic problem with practical relevance.
- Works out a logical and coherent argumentation to support the chosen mathematical technique when solving a (business) economic problem.
Is familiar with relevant ICT applications and uses the knowledge and skills to solve (business) economic problems.
- Is familiar with relevant ICT applications for the mathematical techniques used.
The position of the course in the framework of the learning objectives of the programme can be found under the section “Objectives” of the “Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels)”.
Previous knowledge
Students who want to follow this course, must master the material covered in the following course first:
Mathematics for Business A
Identical courses
Y05153: Wiskunde voor bedrijfswetenschappen B
HBH90E: Wiskunde voor bedrijfswetenschappen B
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (incoming) (Brussels et al) 242 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Mathematics for Business B (B-KUL-HBA42c)
Content
1. Sequences, arithmetic and geometric sequences and linear recursive equations
2. Functions of two and more variables
3. Linear programming (graphical solution)
4. Partial derivatives of first and higher degree, partial elasticity
5. Maxima and minima of functions of two variables and economic applications; Lagrange multipliers and economic applications
Course material
Hauessler, E.F., Paul, R.S., Wood, R.J.: Introductory Mathematical Analysis for Business, Economics, and the Life and Social Sciences. Pearson International Editition (from 13th edition).
Format: more information
Practical lecture - Practice session
Every week, two hours of lecture, two hours of practice session and two hours of study session are planned.
During the lectures, the new concepts and methods are introduced and demonstrated in exercises and applications.
Next, in practice sessions in smaller groups, students solve problems under the guidance of a lecturer and receive feedback on their way of working and proposed solutions.
Finally, in the study sessions, students can solve exercises alone or in small groups at their own rate, and seek individual advice from the lecturer present.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Mathematics for Business B (B-KUL-H75116)
Explanation
The final exam result in the second exam period is the result obtained by rounding to the nearest integer number the sum of:
- the total score (on a total of 2 points) on the intermediate tests organised during the semester;
- the score (on a total of 18 points) on the written final exam organized during the first exam period.
Not participating in (some of) the intermediate tests results in a zero score for the respective part of final score. Not participating in the exam results in the final score NA regardless the scores on the initial assessment and intermediate tests.
The result obtained on the intermediate tests during the semester no longer accounts for the final result in the third exam period. Consequently, this final result only consists of the score (on a total of 20) on the written exam organized during the third exam period.
Information about retaking exams
For students who retake the exam in the third exam period, the result for the retake exam is the final result for the course, i.e. the result of the intermediate tests during the semester is not taken into account anymore.
ECTS Managerial Economics A (B-KUL-HBA43C)
Aims
Managerial Economics A is an introductory microeconomics course in the Bachelor of Business Administration. The aim of this course is to give students insight into how market economies function: what determines the price of a good and the quantities produced and consumed, how government policies and other external events affect prices and quantities, in which cases market outcomes are efficient and in which cases they are not. In this course, the following key objectives are (partially or fully) realized:
Interprets and underpins behaviour of consumers based on economic concepts and theories.
- Describes and interprets the behaviour of consumers as a utility maximization problem.
Using an economic framework, critically analyses the impact of various forms of government regulation on the most important market forms.
- Describes and analyses the different forms of non-market based government regulation (price regulation, output regulation)
- Describes and analyses the different forms of market based government intervention (taxes, subsidies)
- Analyzes the effects of government regulation in various economic contexts (externalities, public goods, market concentration, adjusting consumer- and producer behaviour).
Defines, explains and uses, both graphically and model-based, macro- and micro-economic concepts.
- Calculates the market equilibrium, analyses changes in the market equilibrium and applies welfare analysis on an equilibrium outcome.
- Calculates and interprets the different forms of elasticities and uses them in the analysis of micro-economic problems.
Describes the perspectives of economic science, uses them in a (business) economics context and reflects critically on them.
- Describes the different lines of approach of the economic science.
- Applies the different lines of approach of the economic science in a (business) economic context and interprets the resulting outcomes.
The position of the course in the framework of the learning objectives of the programme can be found under the section “Objectives” of the “Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels)”.
Previous knowledge
No prior knowledge is required for this course.
Identical courses
HBH91E: Micro-economie voor managers A
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Preparatory Programme: Master of Business Administration (Programme for students started before 2023-2024) (Brussels) 90 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Preparatory Programme: Master of Business Administration (Programme for students started in 2023-2024 or later) (Brussels) 75 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Managerial Economics A (B-KUL-HBA43c)
Content
Introduction
The market forces of supply and demand, Elasticity and its application, Consumer theory
Supply, demand and government policies
The tax system and the cost of taxation
Markets and welfare
Externalities and market failure, public goods, common resources and merit goods
Course material
The book that we recommend for this course (so no obligated studymaterial):
Book: Mankiw, G. and Taylor, M. (2020). Microeconomics. Cengage Learning.
ISBN: 9781473768550
Language of instruction: more information
The recommended book and available literature and course material are in English.
Format: more information
During classes, theory is explained and its implications for real world problems are discussed. At the end of each chapter, review questions and exercises are solved in class, with students' participation. Some chapters include class activities and discussions of articles from the (trade) press.
Individual help and feedback from the lecturer is available at all times during office hours. Students can also make appointments at other times.
A trial exam takes place at the end of the semester. Students may take this chance in order to test their knowledge. The grades of the trial exam do not matter for the course evaluation.
Is also included in other courses
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Managerial Economics A (B-KUL-H75117)
Explanation
Evaluatiekenmerken
Het examen bestaat uit meerkeuzevragen.
Bepaling eindresultaat
De cijfers worden vastgesteld door de docent zoals meegedeeld via Toledo en vermeld in het examenrooster. Het resultaat wordt berekend en gecommuniceerd als een getal op een schaal van 20.
Voor de meerkeuzevragen wordt een gokcorrectie toegepast. Wij hanteren een hogere zekerheid van 60%. In de les en in de slides wordt de toepassing van de hogere cesure gedetailleerd uitgelegd.
Tweede examenkans
De examenvorm en bepaling van de uitslag zijn in de tweede examenperiode exact hetzelfde.
ECTS Managerial Economics B (B-KUL-HBA44C)
Aims
Managerial Economics B is an introductory microeconomics course in the Bachelor of Business Administration. The aim of this course is to give students insight into how market economies function: It will make students familiar with the characteristics of the main market types (perfect competition, monopoly, monopolistic competition and oligopoly), with pricing and production decisions in each market type, and with the desirability of government intervention in each market type. Students will also acquire some basic game theory tools.
Analyses price-setting and the various pricing strategies for the most important market forms.
- Recognizes and describes the most important market forms: perfect competition, monopoly, monopolistic competition and oligopoly.
- Analyses the pricing strategies of the most important market forms: perfect competition, monopoly, monopolistic competition and oligopoly, in the short term as well as in the long term.
- Analyses different forms of price discrimination.
- Analyses the different aspects of strategic behaviour for the market form oligopoly and applies game theory to analyze them.
Interprets and underpins behaviour of producers based on economic concepts and theories.
- Describes and interprets the behaviour of producers as a profit maximization problem.
- Analyses the production process of firms in an economic context.
- Analyses the cost structure of firms in an economic context.
Describes the perspectives of economic science, uses them in a (business) economics context and reflects critically on them.
- Describes the different lines of approach of the economic science.
- Applies the different lines of approach of the economic science in a (business) economic context and interprets the resulting outcomes.
The position of the course in the framework of the learning objectives of the programme can be found under the section “Objectives” of the “Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels)”.
Previous knowledge
If you want to follow this course, it is advisable to have completed the following courses first, Managerial Economics A.
Identical courses
HBH92E: Micro-economie voor managers B
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Preparatory Programme: Master of Business Administration (Programme for students started before 2023-2024) (Brussels) 90 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Preparatory Programme: Master of Business Administration (Programme for students started in 2023-2024 or later) (Brussels) 75 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Managerial Economics B (B-KUL-HBA44c)
Content
Introduction
Background to supply: firms in competitive markets
Market structures: Monopoly, Monopolistic Competition, Oligopoly
Game theory
Course material
The book that we recommend for this course (so no obligated studymaterial):
Book: Mankiw, G. and Taylor, M. (2020). Microeconomics. Cengage Learning.
ISBN: 9781473768550
Language of instruction: more information
The recommended book and available literature and course material are in English.
Format: more information
During classes, theory is explained and its implications for real world problems are discussed. At the end of each chapter, review questions and exercises are solved in class, with students' participation. Some chapters include class activities and discussions of articles from the (trade) press.
Individual help and feedback from the lecturer is available at all times during office hours. Students can also make appointments at other times.
Is also included in other courses
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Managerial Economics B (B-KUL-H75118)
Explanation
Evaluation characteristics
The exam exists of multiple choice questions, open questions and exercises.
Determination final result
The grades are determined by the lecturer as communicated via Toledo and stated in the examination schedule. The result is calculated and communicated as a number on a scale of 20.
For the multiple choice questions a guess correction is applied. We use a higher cesure of 60%. In class and in the slides the application of the higher cesure is explained in detail.
Second exam opportunity
The format of the exam and determination of the results is exactly the same in the second exam period.
ECTS Dutch 1 (advanced) (B-KUL-HBA45C)
Aims
In this course, the following key objectives are (partially or fully) realized:
Shows interest in current affairs and broadens his background knowledge.
As far as foreign languages are concerned, knows the general vocabulary, specific (business) economic vocabulary and grammar and uses all this accurately in written and oral communication.
Uses correct grammatical structures in exercises and translations (written and oral communication).
Acquires frequent general and business economic vocabulary.
Links the contents of articles, letters, conversations and TV programmes to relevant social, historic, political and geographical data of the countries concerned
Summarizes a text (oral and written), explains it orally and answers questions about its contents and vocabulary.
During a discussion or conversation, explains and defends a view on (business) economic problems.
The position of the course in the framework of the learning objectives of the programme can be found under the section “Objectives” of the “Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels)”.
Identical courses
HBA11A: Dutch 1
HBH96E: Nederlands voor gevorderden 1
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Engineering (Brussels et al) 180 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Dutch 1 (advanced) (B-KUL-HBA45c)
Content
Short brushing-up course of: Spelling – Syntaxis (main clauses, subordinate clauses) – Tenses (Presens, perfectum, imperfectum, futurum) – Pronomina (subject, object, possessive, reflexive) – De/het woorden – Pluralis Substantiva – Ajectiva – Comparativa en Superlativa – Interrogativa – Negatie – ‘er’ woord
Advanced writing, listening, conversation and presentation exercises.
Course material
https://webapps.odisee.be/Ancor/SSM/Pages/BekijkSSM.aspx?OID=24304
Format: more information
In the lessons the following learning methods and activities will be practised:
• Listening to native a speaker
• Reading texts
• Word explanation and vocabulary exercises
• Learning grammatical structures and doing grammatical exercises
• Pronunciation exercises
• Conversation exercises
• Writing exercises
• Presentations
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Dutch 1 (advanced) (B-KUL-H75119)
Explanation
Only permanent evaluation and no exams. (Also no retake exam.)
Further information about the system(s) of permanent evaluation will be distributed in class and on Toledo.
ECTS Dutch 2 (advanced) (B-KUL-HBA46C)
Aims
In this course, the following key objectives are (partially or fully) realized:
- Shows interest in current affairs and broadens his background knowledge.
- As far as foreign languages are concerned, knows the general vocabulary, specific (business) economic vocabulary and grammar and uses all this accurately in written and oral communication.
- Uses correct grammatical structures in exercises and translations (written and oral communication).
- Acquires frequent general and business economic vocabulary.
- Links the contents of articles, letters, conversations and TV programmes to relevant social, historic, political and geographical data of the countries concerned
- Summarizes a text (oral and written), explains it orally and answers questions about its contents and vocabulary.
- During a discussion or conversation, explains and defends a view on (business) economic problems.
The position of the course in the framework of the learning objectives of the programme can be found under the section “Objectives” of the “Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels)”.
Previous knowledge
Students must have obtained level B1
Identical courses
HBH97E: Nederlands voor gevorderden 2
HBA12A: Dutch 2
HBA05H: Dutch 2
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Engineering (Brussels et al) 180 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Dutch 2 (advanced) (B-KUL-HBA46c)
Content
Short brushing-up course of: Spelling – Syntaxis (main clauses, subordinate clauses) – Tenses (Presens, perfectum, imperfectum, futurum) – Pronomina (subject, object, possessive, reflexive) – De/het woorden – Pluralis Substantiva – Ajectiva – Comparativa en Superlativa – Interrogativa – Negatie – ‘er’ woord
Advanced writing, listening, conversation and presentation exercises.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Dutch 2 (advanced) (B-KUL-H75120)
Explanation
Only permanent evaluation and no exams. (Also no retake exam.)
Further information about the system(s) of permanent evaluation will be distributed in class and on Toledo.
Information about retaking exams
The features of the evaluation and determination of grades are identical to those of the first examination opportunity, as described in the tab 'Explanation'.
ECTS Dutch 3 (advanced) (B-KUL-HBA47C)
Aims
In this course, the following key objectives are (partially or fully) realized:
- Shows interest in current affairs and broadens his background knowledge.
- As far as foreign languages are concerned, knows the general vocabulary, specific (business) economic vocabulary and grammar and uses all this accurately in written and oral communication.
- Uses correct grammatical structures in exercises and translations (written and oral communication).
- Acquires frequent general and business economic vocabulary.
- Links the contents of articles, letters, conversations and TV programmes to relevant social, historic, political and geographical data of the countries concerned
- Summarizes a text (oral and written), explains it orally and answers questions about its contents and vocabulary.
- During a discussion or conversation, explains and defends a view on (business) economic problems.
The position of the course in the framework of the learning objectives of the programme can be found under the section “Objectives” of the “Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels)”.
Previous knowledge
Students must have obtained level B1
Identical courses
HBA13A: Dutch 3
HBH98E: Nederlands voor gevorderden 3
Is included in these courses of study
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Dutch 3 (advanced) (B-KUL-HBA47c)
Content
Advanced writing, listening, conversation and presentation exercises.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Dutch 3 (advanced) (B-KUL-H75121)
Explanation
Only permanent evaluation and no exams. (Also no retake exam.)
Further information about the system(s) of permanent evaluation will be distributed in class and on Toledo.
Information about retaking exams
The features of the evaluation and determination of grades are identical to those of the first examination opportunity, as described in the tab 'Explanation'.
ECTS The Origins and Development of European Integration (B-KUL-HBA48C)
Aims
This course aims at a comprehensive presentation and analysis of European (dis-)integration history in the context of European and international relations. It examines to what extent, how and why European countries cooperated, integrated and competed in the last two centuries with a focus on the poiltical, social, economic and institutional origins of present-day European Union, its institutions and policies. Students will understand key concepts of European integration such as supranationalism, intergovernmentalism, regional integration, international organisations, balance of power, acquis communautaire, enlargement, widening and deepening, etc. Students will understand the origins of today's European Union and the historical development leading to current European instittuions and policies.
Previous knowledge
None
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (incoming) (Brussels et al) 242 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Engineering (Brussels et al) 180 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
The Origins and Development of European Integration (B-KUL-HBA48c)
Content
The course's content includes both the construction of a European order (the increased cooperation between EC/EU Member States) and the historical place of Europe in the world. Chronologically, it looks into:
- The changing European political and social landscapes after 1815
- Industrial Revolution, Balance of Power and other key processes in 19th century Europe
- International relations in Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World War I
- European cooperation in the Inter-War Period
- World War 2 and its afthermath in Europe
- East-West Divisions and the Cold War
- Early integration efforts in the 1940s and 1950s
- The European Communities and the decade of De Gaulle in the 1960s
- Euro-optimism and eocnomic crises in the 1970s
- Slow revival and relaunch of European integration in the 1980s
- The end of the Cold War and the consequences for European integration
- Eastern enlargement, the Schengen Area and the Euro
- Current issues in European integration and their historical origins
Course material
Textbook:
DINAN, Desmond (2014) Europe Recast. A History of European Union, 2nd Edition, Palgrave Macmillan.
Main literature:
MAZOWER, Mark (2000) Dark Continent: Europe's Twentieth Century.
JUDT, Tony (2006) Postwar: A History of Europe Since 1945, Penguin.
PASTURE, Patrick (2015) Imagining European Unity since 1000 AD, Palgrave.
Additional reading might be requested.
Language of instruction: more information
English language program
Format: more information
Lectures and group excursions to European institutions and museums in Brussels.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: The Origins and Development of European Integration (B-KUL-H75299)
Explanation
Written exam in the examination period (open questions)
Information about retaking exams
Exam in the retake examination period (multiple-choice and open questions).
ECTS Economics of the Single Market (B-KUL-HBA49C)
Aims
3.a Detects the impact of regional, national and international environmental factors on corporate policies and estimates the complexity of operating in an international environment when putting together a strategy.
3.g From a multidisciplinary perspective (and on the economic, legal, historic and social level), situates, analyses and evaluates the main powers and policies of international organisations regarding international trade and investment.
Explanation:
The student identifies the European economic environment in which companies operate
The student masters the different stages in the economic integration process of the EU
The student masters the economic aspects of the single market of the EU, the competition policy and the trade policy of the EU
The student can explain the functions and competences of the EU institutions in the economic integration process
Previous knowledge
If you want to follow this course, it is advisable to have basic knowledge of micro- and macro-economics.
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (incoming) (Brussels et al) 242 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Engineering (Brussels et al) 180 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (incoming) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Econonomics of the Single Market (B-KUL-HBA49c)
Content
These contents are only an indication and are subject to changes.
Part 1: History of the European economic integration process
Part 2: The single market of the EU (free movement of goods, persons, services and capital)
Part 3: 30 years of key events (from 1989 to 2019/2021)
Course material
Compulsory study material:
- Slides will be made available on Toledo
- Lecture notes to be taken by the students during the live on-campus lectures (or live online video lectures if Covid-19 measures would be applied again and on-campus lectures are forbidden).
- For some parts of the course pre-recorded off-campus video lectures will be made available on Toledo instead of an on-campus lecture.
- It is possible that I add some articles during the semester.
- This will then be clearly mentioned on Toledo.
Recommended Literature:
- Baldwin, R. & Wyplosz, Ch. The Economics of European Integration - 6th Edition, Mcgraw-Hill Education UK Ltd, 2019.
Language of instruction: more information
The course book is in English. The slides are in English. The lectures are in English.
Format: more information
Blended learning - Class recording - Flipped classroom - Traditional lecture
This course consists of a combination of pre-recorded video lectures and on-campus lectures.
For part of the lectures, it is mandatory to process learning material (e.g.pre-recorded videos) through self-study.
The aim is to convey insights and apply them to current events.
The articles, pre-recorded video’s, books, etc. used in class as well as the recommended and/or compulsory reading and guest lectures will be announced in class and on Toledo.
Students are also expected to critically analyse and follow recent evolutions in trade relations, European integration, European economics, etc. in the media.
The content of the self-study components and any guest lectures, as well as knowledge of the current economic situation are part of the examination subjects.
The student is also expected to take notes during the lectures.
Is also included in other courses
HES03A : Economics of the Single Market and Lobbying in the EU
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Economics of the Single Market (B-KUL-H75300)
Explanation
Features of the evaluation:
A written closed-book exam will be organized.
Multiple question types are possible (multiple choice questions, open questions, understanding questions, application questions, etc…).
For the multiple choice questions gis correction is used (correct answer: + 1 / wrong answer: - 1/3de / no answer: 0)
All study material has to be studied for the exam (including the slides and personal notes, documentaries, video's, articles, guest lectures, etc.)
The articles, books, etc. used in class as well as the recommended and/or compulsory reading, video's and guest lectures will be announced in class and on Toledo (see the slides).
More information with regard to the exam will be available on Toledo.
The evaluation methods during the first and the second exam opportunities are identical.
Determination of the final grades:
The grades are determined by the lecturer as communicated via Toledo and stated in the examination schedule. The result is calculated and communicated as a whole number on a scale of 20.
Second exam opportunity:
The features of the evaluation and determination of grades are identical to those of the first examination opportunity, as described above.
See 'Explanation' for further information regarding the second examination opportunity.
Information about retaking exams
The features of the evaluation and determination of grades are identical to those of the first examination opportunity, as described in the tab 'Explanation'.
ECTS Economics of Monetary Integration (B-KUL-HBA50C)
Aims
3.e.On the macro-economic level, interprets and analyses the behaviour of the different economic agents on the various domestic and foreign markets.
3.h. Defines, explains and uses, both graphically and model-based, macro- and micro-economic concepts.
3.i. Describes the perspectives of economic science, uses them in a (business) economics context and reflects critically on them.
8.a. Identifies (business) economic challenges with practical relevance and relates them to insights developed in the field.
8.b. Takes into consideration alternative explanations and methods when analysing and solving a (business) economic problem with practical relevance.
Previous knowledge
The course assumes that students of the BachelorBusiness Administration passed the course Macro-Economics and Economic Policy HBA16C.
The course assumes that students of the BachelorBusiness Engineering passed the course Macroeconomics HBE05E
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Engineering (Brussels et al) 180 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (incoming) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Economics of Monetary Integration (B-KUL-HBA50c)
Content
The OLA aims at giving insight into the costs and benefits for a country of joining (or staying in) a monetary union. This should lead to a better understanding of the conditions necessary and sufficient for a monetary union to function properly. We rely on the Theory of optimum currency areas (Mundell).
The OLA then analyses the fragility of incomplete monetary unions like the Eurozone (cfr. souvereign debt crisis in 2011) and aims at giving insight into the possible ways to deal with some of the challenges.
The OLA also examines the monetary policy by the ECB (including the new regulatory and supervisory structure leading towards a banking union) and the need for fiscal discipline (including the revised Stability Growth Pact) in the eurozone.
The course content corresponds to the following chapters:
1. The costs of a common currency
2. The theory of optimum currency areas: a critique
3. The benefits of a common currency
4. Costs and benefits compared
6. The transition to a monetary union (Maastricht treaty)
8. Political economy of deconstructing the Eurozone (2 case studies: Greece and Italy)
9. The European central bank
10. Monetary policy in the Eurozone
11. Fiscal policies in monetary unions
Course material
https://webapps.odisee.be/Ancor/SSM/Pages/BekijkSSM.aspx?OID=26510
compulsory coursebook: Degrauwe, P. (2020), Economics of the Monetary Union, Oxford University Press: Oxford.
A few copies of the coursebook are freely available in the library for students.
Lecture notes (in ppt) for each lecture will be available on Toledo under the "Course documents".
Interesting articles on relevant topics from quality newspapers or scientific journals may be discussed during the lecture. They will also be available under the "Course documents" on Toledo.
Language of instruction: more information
English language program
Format: more information
Traditional lectures. Active participation from students during the lectures is very welcome.
Is also included in other courses
HES05A : International Business, Entrepreneurship and EU Monetary Integration
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Economics of Monetary Integration (B-KUL-H75301)
Information about retaking exams
The features of the evaluation and determination of grades are identical to those of the first examination opportunity, as described in the tab 'Explanation'.
ECTS Philosophy (B-KUL-HBA52A)
Aims
Every science and every profession will at some stage confront its practititioners with fundamental questions. This also holds for economics and business. For instance, one might wonder to what extent managers should take into account other than strictly economic principles, such as social, ecological, philosophical, or ethical principles. The difficulty with such philosophical questions is that they transcend the framework of a strictly scientific or technical approach. They presuppose a wider view of the human being and of society, a view whose validity is not always self-evident. Yet, those questions are important to anyone who would like to understand what they are occupied with, and to anyone for whom professional activities are not just a means to an income.
In this course, the following key objectives are (partially or fully) realized:
- Has a functional multidisciplinary knowledge to identify social phenomena and to reflect on them, also from a philosophical-ethical perspective, and link them with the corporate and market reality in a reasoned way.
- Shows interest in current affairs and broadens his background knowledge.
- Estimates the impact of business operations on various stakeholders and society.
- Connects the psycho-social and ethical insights with the (business) economic reality in a reasoned way.
- Reflects on business and economic thinking and behaviour from a social and ethical point of view.
The position of the course in the framework of the learning objectives of the programme can be found under the section “Objectives” of the “Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels)”.
Previous knowledge
No prior knowledge is required for this course.
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Engineering (Brussels et al) 180 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Philosophy (B-KUL-HBA52a)
Content
The course consists of two parts. Part 1 deals with Western Philosophy, part 2 deals with Eastern/comparative Philosophy.
Part I examines some of the philosophical principles underlying economic theories and presumptions. It looks at the way economists explain the origin of money, the problem of debt and the management of the economy and asks whether their ideas are philosophically sustainable. It will make particular use of the economists Francois Quesnay, Adam Smith, David Ricardo, Thomas Malthus, John Maynard Keynes, the philosophers John Locke and David Hume and the physicist Isaac Newton.
Part 2 broaches subjects such as joy, choice, nature, power,…. How do we deal with those subjects in daily life and how can philosophy help us to answer questions related to those topics. What are the different historical and cultural perspectives? Students are offered a comparative approach in which the following persons play a major role: Confucius, Socrates, Siddhartha Gautama, Laozi, Zhuangzi, Gandhi, the Dalai Lama, Desmond Tuttu, Matthieu Ricard...
Language of instruction: more information
Course is in English. Handouts are in English.
Format: more information
Lectures. Students are given the possibility to ask questions.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Philosophy (B-KUL-H70022)
Explanation
Credits: 3
* A credit is used to express the study load of each degree programme or course. Definition Credit: It is an internationally accepted unit that corresponds with 25-30 hours of prescribed teaching-, learning-and evaluation activities.
Contact Hours: 26
Study time and examination:
Overview Assignments / Training Periods:
Exam period June: Written exam.
Information about retaking exams
Exam period Aug/Sep
Cf. first exam period
ECTS English 2 (B-KUL-HBA54C)
Aims
In this course, the following key objectives are (partially or fully) realized:
- Shows interest in current affairs and broadens his background knowledge.
- Uses English to communicate orally and in writing with an audience of specialists and non-specialists, and such in a way that is correct on the level of grammar and vocabulary; uses a style that is common in a (business) economics context.
- Uses correct grammatical structures in exercises (written and oral communication).
- Acquires frequent general and specific business economic vocabulary.
- Links the contents of articles, letters, conversations and TV programmes to relevant social, historic, political and geographical data of the countries concerned.
- Critically examines scientifically substantiated texts of (business) economic nature and synthesises and interprets them in English.
- Critically examines scientifically substantiated texts of (business) economic nature and synthesises them in English.
- Critically examines scientifically substantiated texts of (business) economic nature and interprets them in English.
- Uses in specific gap-filling exercises, exercises on synonyms and antonyms and in conversations the vocabulary that is covered in class with thelp of economic texts as well as the vocabulary acquired in self-study.
- Summarizes a text (oral and written), explains it orally and answers questions about its contents and vocabulary.
- During a discussion or conversation, explains and defends a view on (business) economic problems.
- Holds effective meetings. Not only can the student discuss a topic within a time limit, he also can listen attentively to other opinions, report and formulate his own opinion.
The position of the course in the framework of the learning objectives of the programme can be found under the section “Objectives” of the “Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels)”.
Previous knowledge
If you want to follow this course, it is advisable to have completed the following course first: English I
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Engineering (Brussels et al) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
English 2 (B-KUL-HBa54c)
Content
The course focuses on presentation skills and academic writing. In the process of the preparation of the presentation and academic writing, students will further enhance their knowledge of academic, business, and general English vocabulary.
Course material
- L-MO Writing Lab (Toledo)
- Smashing Presentations - syllabus, Lieven Buysse (Toledo)
- Study materials on Toledo
Format: more information
The course takes a process-based approach, providing students with the opportunity to (1) prepare, give and reflect on presentations and (2) produce an academic text as they work through the different stages of the writing process, from pre-writing to editing. In the process, special attention will be given to the development of business, academic and general English vocabulary.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: English 2 (B-KUL-H75652)
Explanation
(1) Academic text: argumentative essay (1/2 of the score)
(2) Presentation (1/2 of the score)
Students who do not do one of the two parts of the evaluation (presentation or academic text) will get an 'NA' score (not taken part).
Information about retaking exams
Students who obtained 50% or more for the presentation or the academic text do not have to retake it in the second exam session unless they explicitly ask for it. Students who obtained 50% or more for the presentation or the academic text and retake it in the retake exam session keep that 50% or more if the result in the retake exam session is lower.
Students who do not do one of the two parts of the evaluation (presentation or academic text) will get an 'NA' score (not taken part).
ECTS Psychology (B-KUL-HBA59A)
Aims
The course aims at contributing to the following learning results:
The student...
- Uses disciplinary scientific knowledge to solve business economic problems (4.d)
- Identifies the limitations of research and questions the research findings (8c)
- Shows interest in current affairs and broadens his background knowledge (8.g)
- Connects the psycho-social and ethical insights with the business economic reality in a reasoned way (12.b)
In the Psychology course, students are expected to gain a scientifically sound insight in various relevant aspects of human functioning.This is important for two reasons. First, such an insight is an essential part of the general education intrinsic to a polyvalent training at an academic level. Moreover, a critical reflection on psychological processes will contribute to the personal and social growth of the individual student. Second, this insight constitutes an indispensable foundation for understanding both the human factor in organizations and the economic behavior of groups and individuals.
Behavior and mental processes will be studied as resulting from an interaction between biological factors, psychological factors (perception, cognition, motivation, etc.), and social factors (norms and values, socio-cultural and situational context, etc.). To this end theoretical frameworks and research methods that support these different perspectives will be treated to gain a better understanding of individual behavior and processes (sensation, perception, learning, thinking, intelligenence, creativity, emotion, motivation, personality, etc.) and sociaal behavior and processes (social perception, sociale influence, social interaction, group behavior, behavior between groups, etc.).
The position of the course in the framework of the learning objectives of the programme can be found under the section “Objectives” of the “Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels)”.
Previous knowledge
No prior knowledge is required for this course.
Is included in these courses of study
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Psychology (B-KUL-HBA59a)
Content
1. Introduction to Psychology
2. Conducting Research in Psychology
3. Sensation and Perception
4. Attention
5. Judgment & Decision Making
6. Motivation & Behavior
Course material
all study materials will be provided without cost via Toledo (no handbooks required)
the course will be made available on Toledo as video recordings from 23-24
Format: more information
The course will be organised as a series of video recordings of 23-24 classes.
In that sense, this course is a self-study course.
4 Q&A sessions will be organised through the semester (including an info session iduring the first week).
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Psychology (B-KUL-H70028)
Explanation
Correction for guessing for multiple-choice questions is applied, i.e., correct answer = 1 point, incorrect answer = -.33 point, no answer = 0 points.
ECTS Spanish 1 (B-KUL-HBA65A)
Aims
Spanish has become the second world language and will gain more and more importance in the future within the context of globalisation. As a result, command of Spanish is a trump card in quite some business sectors. Spanish is not only the language of about 40 million Spanish people. This language is also the key to commercial activities in 20 countries in South and Central America. Our approach is a communicative one: grammar and vocabulary are covered to enable students to communicate in a Spanish context.
In this course, the following key objectives are (partially or fully) realized:
- As far as the foreign languages are concerned, knows the general vocabulary, specific (business) economic vocabulary and grammar and uses all this accurately in written and oral communication.
The position of the course in the framework of the learning objectives of the programme can be found under the section “Objectives” of the “Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels)”.
Previous knowledge
No prior knowledge is required for this course.
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Engineering (Brussels et al) 180 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Spanish 1 (B-KUL-HBA65a)
Content
Cuaderno I, unidades 1-10
1 GRAMMAR
1.1 Tenses (presente, gerundio, pretérito compuesto, imperativo familiar, pretérito simple)
1.2 Difference ser/estar
1.3 Nouns and complements
1.4 Pronouns
1.5 Prepositions
2 VOCABULARY
2.1 Introduce yourself
2.2 Nationalities
2.3 Descriptions of people
2.4 Everyday activities
2.5 Television and media
2.6 Home
2.7 The weather
2.8 Leisure
2.9 Household activities
2.10 Family relations
3 INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION
3.1 Naming (first+ second names)3.2 Linguistic diversity in Spain and Latin America3.3 Spain's political division: comunidades autónomas3.4 Time usage, timetables and holidays3.5 Main Spanish cities3.6 Spain's geographic diversity
Course material
Cuaderno 1, Werkgroep Spaans, Mechelen: Plantyn, 2012 (handboek, verplicht)
Spaanse Grammatica. Een overzicht, SNAUWAERT Erwin, Leuven: Alta, 2016 (handboek, aanbevolen)
Language of instruction: more information
Spanish, with limited explanation in English
Format: more information
The classes suppose a constant interaction between lecturer and students. The lecturer provides the necessary grammar and vocabulary and the students put it into practice by means of exercises and conversations.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Spanish 1 (B-KUL-H70998)
Explanation
Written (2 hours/for 16 marks out of 20)
This exam consists of the following: 20 verb forms, gap-filling exercises (concerning pronouns, prepositions, ser/estar, figures, accents, apócope), 10 sentences to translate, intercultural issues, comprehension of a short written text, a short composition exercise (5-8 lines) and vocabulary (synonyms, antonyms, explain in Spanish, idioms, specific communication strategies).
Continuous evaluation (oral, for 4 marks out of 20)
Pronunciation: students read some sentences out of a dialogue from the textbook, some new words to check their pronunciation skills, and some numbers. Furthermore, they conjugate 3 verbs in different tenses and in all persons. Finally, the professor assesses the students' communicative skills by asking a few simple questions concerning communicative patterns of the components which are dealt with.
There is no second exam opportunity for the continuous evaluation.
Information about retaking exams
Same type as in the first assessment period for the written exam. There is no second exam opportunity for the continuous evaluation.
ECTS Spanish 2 (B-KUL-HBA66A)
Aims
The following learning outcomes are tested:
A. Concrete learning outcomes :
(8.g) Shows interest in current affairs and broadens his background knowledge.
(10) Is able to clearly communicate and report in the language of instruction. Is able to use in a business context at least two other languages orally and in writing and masters all techniques and skills for efficient and effective business communication.
(10.b) As far as the foreign languages are concerned, knows the general vocabulary, specific (business) economic vocabulary and grammar and uses all this accurately in written and oral communication.
Previous knowledge
The admission criteria for the programme can be found in the programme catalogue.
If you want to follow this course, it is advisable to have completed the following courses first:
Spanish I
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Engineering (Brussels et al) 180 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Spanish 2 (B-KUL-HBA66a)
Content
Continuation elementary grammar, vocabulary and related intercultural topics.
Course material
Cuaderno 1, Werkgroep Spaans, Mechelen: Plantyn, 2012 (handboek, verplicht)
Cuaderno 2, Werkgroep Spaans, Mechelen: Plantyn, 2012 (handboek, verplicht)
Spaanse Grammatica. Een overzicht, SNAUWAERT Erwin, Leuven: Alta, 2016 (handboek, verplicht)
Language of instruction: more information
Spanish, with limited explanation in English
Format: more information
The classes suppose a constant interaction between lecturer and students. The lecturer provides the necessary grammar and vocabulary and the students put it into practice by means of exercises and conversations.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Spanish 2 (B-KUL-H71410)
Explanation
Written (2 hours/for 14 marks out of 20)
This exam consists of the following: 20 verb forms, gap-filling exercises (concerning pronouns, prepositions, ser/estar, figures, accents, apócope), 10 sentences to translate, intercultural issues, comprehension of a short written text, a short composition exercise (5-8 lines) and vocabulary (synonyms, antonyms, explain in Spanish, idioms, specific communication strategies).
Continuous evaluation (oral, for 6 marks out of 20)
Pronunciation: students read a part of a dialogue from the textbook correctly. Furthermore, they conjugate verbs in different tenses and in all persons. Finally, the student brings a photograph and describes what can be seen on it or tells a story based upon the visual information of the photograph; the professor assesses the students' communicative skills by asking a few simple questions concerning the photograph.
There is no second exam opportunity for the continuous evaluation. The evaluation methods during the first and second exam opportunities are identical.
Information about retaking exams
The evaluation methods during the first and second exam opportunities are identical. There is no second exam opportunity for the continuous evaluation.
ECTS Spanish 3 (B-KUL-HBA67A)
Aims
The following learning outcomes are tested:
A. Concrete learning outcomes :
(8.g) Shows interest in current affairs and broadens his background knowledge.
(10) Is able to clearly communicate and report in the language of instruction. Is able to use in a business context at least two other languages orally and in writing and masters all techniques and skills for efficient and effective business communication.
(10.b) As far as the foreign languages are concerned, knows the general vocabulary, specific (business) economic vocabulary and grammar and uses all this accurately in written and oral communication.
(11.f) During a discussion or conversation, explains and defends a view on (business) economic problems.
B. Learning outcomes per assignment
1. Students can use vocabulary from the economic texts covered in class in specific gap-filling exercises, exercises on synonyms and antonyms and in translations and conversations.
2. Students can formulate a written answer to global questions about the contents of these texts.
3. Students can distinguish and report on the gist and logical connections of economic texts, which not have been dealt with in class, independently but with the help of dictionaries.
4. Students can link the contents of these texts to relevant social, historical, political and geographical matters of the Spanish-speaking countries.
5. Students can conduct a business correspondence via e-mail using the accompanying typical phrases
6. Students can hold a business conversation during visits to Spanish-speaking companies and report orally and in writing on them.
Previous knowledge
The admission criteria for the programme can be found in the programme catalogue.
If you want to follow this course, it is advisable to have completed the following courses first:
Spanish I
Spanish II
Identical courses
HBH68A: Spaans 3
HLH93A: Spaans 3
HBH83E: Spaans 3
Is included in these courses of study
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Spanish 3 (B-KUL-HBA67a)
Content
Grammar revision. Business Spanish. Important Spanish-speaking areas (geographically, culturally, economically). Basic facts on negotiating in Spain and Latin America
Course material
Cuaderno 2, Werkgroep Spaans, Mechelen: Plantyn, 2012 (handboek, verplicht)
Spaanse Grammatica. Een overzicht, SNAUWAERT Erwin, Leuven: Alta, 2016 (handboek, aanbevolen)
Hacer negocios en español. Versión BBA, SNAUWAERT, E.; VANOVERBERGHE, F., KU Leuven, 2022 (syllabus, verplicht, verkrijgbaar via Ekonomika)
Language of instruction: more information
Spanish
Format: more information
The classes suppose a constant interaction between lecturer and students. The lecturer provides the necessary grammar and vocabulary and the students put it into practice by means of exercises and conversations.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Spanish 3 (B-KUL-H71664)
Explanation
Written exam (10 marks, 2 hours)
The written part consists of grammar exercises (10 verbs in different tenses, frases hipotéticas and other problems),10 to 20 questions on vocabulary (synonyms, antonyms, explain in Spanish …) about the aspects covered in class and of 10 sentences which are to be translated. They are based on the grammatical topics which are revised and mainly focus on vocabulary from texts and exercises from the Cuaderno 2 (unidades 21-24) and the syllabus 'Hacer negocios en español'. Then students answer a question about texts presented in class and about one new text. Finally there is a question about intercultural communication with Spain and/or Latin America.
Continuous evaluation
1) Paper + Ppt. (2 marks)
Short report (one A4-page) + Ppt. on a a Spanish-speaking area (a Spanish city or a Latin American country; see course book (Hacer negocios) for basic information + Toledo for practical instructions and arrangements. The teacher corrects a first version (deadline on Toledo). On the oral exam (cfr. infra), students present the corrected file (which contains both the first and the corrected version).
2) Oral exam (8 marks)
-In the oral exam students read a paragraph aloud from a text covered in class and translate it into English.
-Then they present a text about a socioeconomic topic. This text is 1 A4-size page from a newspaper or magazine of the current academic year. They can express the gist of the text in a personal way and answer general questions about the topic. They look up relevant vocabulary but do not have to present it in the exam. To assess this question the lecturer focuses on language use, knowledge of the contents and the presentation of the text itself.Students can choose the newspaper and/or magazine. To help students with the research and to guarantee the quality of the articles, we recommend quality newspapers such as El País, El Mundo...
-Finally, students present the Spanish-speaking area (a Spanish city/Latin American country) of their paper (cfr. supra Paper + Powerpoint) or answers some questions about (the topics treated in) his/her paper.
Information about retaking exams
Second exam opportunity: same as in the first assessment for the written exam. There is no second exam opportunity for the continuous evaluation.
ECTS Statistics for Business 1 (B-KUL-HBA68A)
Aims
It is necessary for a professional business economist to be able to interprete in a correct way these data and research.Statistics for Business Economists 1 starts with descriptive statistics. The second part of the course consists of an introduction to the theory of probability which is needed for the study of so called inductive statistics in the advanced courses.
In this course, the following key objectives are (partially or fully) realized:
- Uses descriptive and inferential statistical methods and techniques to solve (business) economic problems.
- Applies descriptive statistical methods and techniques
- In line with the given practical relevance and the definition of the (business) economics problem, chooses and uses the appropriate techniques to acquire, analyse and interpret data.
- Chooses and uses the appropiate descriptive statistical techniques to analyse and interpret data.
- Critically assesses (scientific) information, data and structures, and processes all this in line with solving (business) economics problem with practical relevance.
- Summarizes (scientific) information and data by means of descriptive statistics and graphs.
- Is familiar with relevant ICT applications and uses the knowledge and skills to solve (business) economic problems.
- Is familiar with relevant ICT applications for graphical and algebraic descriptive statistical techniques.
The position of the course in the framework of the learning objectives of the programme can be found under the section “Objectives” of the “Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels)”.
Previous knowledge
If you want to follow this course, it is advisable to have completed the following courses first
- Mathematics for Business Economists 1 A have a level of knowledge and especially of maturity that will favor their understanding of Statistical Methods for Business Economists I.
- It is recommended to be able to use MS Excel.
Identical courses
HBH69A: Statistiek voor bedrijfswetenschappen 1
HLH28A: Statistiek voor bedrijfseconomen 1
Y00916: Statistiek voor bedrijfswetenschappen 1
Is included in these courses of study
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Statistics for Business 1 (B-KUL-HBA68a)
Content
Part 1. Descriptive Statistics
Chapter 1 Univariate analysis
- Introduction
- Types of data ( discrete - non discrete; levels of measurement)
- Represent data by using graphs and tables
- Represent data by using data-characteristics
- Numerical methods: central measures measures of spread, skewness, peakedness; quantiles
Chapter 2 Bivariate data
- Represent data by using praphs and tables.
- Represent data by using data-charateristics.
- Least squares method and linear regression.
Part 2 Introduction to Probability theory
Chapter 3 Probability theory
- Randomness, random experiments, events
- Experimental definition of randomness
- Uniform probabilities
- Probability rules
Chapter 4 Random variables
- Discrete and continuous random variables
- Characteristics of random variables
- The normal distribution
- The binomial distribution
- Other popular distributions
Chapter 5 Random vectors
- Covariance and correlation
- Linear combination
- Sum of independent random variables
- The Central Limit Theorem
Format: more information
Classes consists of a combination of plenary lectures (2 hours per week) and tutorials in a smaller group (2 hours per week). During the lectures, the new concepts and methods are introduced, explained and illustrated in examples and applications. In the tutorials, students solve problems under the guidance of a lecturer and receive feedback on their way of working and proposed solutions.
*
--
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Statistics for Business 1 (B-KUL-H70031)
Explanation
Students are evaluated on the basis of a written exam with exercises about descriptive statistics and probability theory. The exam takes place in an ordinary room, and is organised during the exam period of June. More detailed information is provided on Toledo.
It is important not only to give solutions to the problems but to also describe briefly the applied methods and concepts. The exam consists of exercises. These exercises are of the same type as the ones solved in class or during tuition.
Students are supposed to have a graphical calculator at their disposal and to be able to use it (equivalent to TI 84 plus of Texas Instruments). Students are allowed to use a formula sheet on the exam. There is no restriction on the content, but there are restrictions on the format: a formula sheet is ONE A4 leaf that can be filled on both sides and must be handwritten.
Information about retaking exams
The evaluation methods of the first and the second exam opportunities are identical.
ECTS Statistics for Business 2 (B-KUL-HBA69A)
Aims
The course aims at contributing to the following learning results:
The student...
- Uses static and dynamic models, graphically and algebraically, to analyse and solve (business) economic problems (5.a)
- Uses descriptive and inferential statistical methods and techniques to solve (business) economic problems (5.b)
- Uses confidence intervals and hypothesis testing for parameters of distributions to solve (business) economic problems (5.b.2)
- In line with the given practical relevance and the definition of the (business) economics problem, chooses and uses the appropriate techniques to acquire, analyse and interpret data (6.c)
- Chooses and uses the appropiate inferential statistical techniques to analyse and interpret data (6.c.2)
- From qualitative and quantitative research findings, draws scientific conclusions that bear practical relevance (6.e)
- From quantitative research findings, draws scientific conclusions that bear practical relevance (6.e.1)
- Is familiar with relevant ICT applications and uses the knowledge and skills to solve (business) economic problems (11.g)
- Is familiar with relevant ICT applications for inferential statistical technique (11.g.2)
Previous knowledge
The admission criteria for the programme can be found in the programme catalogue.
In order for the students to start this course in the best possible way, they are expected to have the preliminary knowledge, competences, and attitudes they acquired in the courses listed below. Students should be able to apply them.
If you want to follow this course, it is advisable to have completed the following courses first:
Statistics for Business Economists 1
Mathematics for Business Economists 1
Identical courses
HBH70A: Statistiek voor bedrijfswetenschappen 2
HLH29A: Statistiek voor bedrijfseconomen 2
Y00932: Statistiek voor bedrijfswetenschappen 2
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Statistics for Business 2 (B-KUL-HBA69a)
Content
- Central limit theorem
- Sampling
- Confidence intervals
- Testing hypothesis for the mean and proportion
- Testing hypothesis for two parameters
- ANOVA
- Chi-square goodness-of-fit test and Chi-square test for independence
- Pearson correlation test
Course material
http://public.hubrussel.be/Ancor/SSM/Pages/BekijkSSM.aspx?ACJ=2012&OID=1777
The course material is available on Toledo.
Format: more information
The course consists of a combination of formal lectures, learning conversations and collective work. During the formal lectures the most important concepts will be explained and illustrated by means of examples. Students are expected to participate actively during these lectures. Regularly a tuition will be organised during which difficult exercises from the syllabus will be dealt with. Making exercises is an essential part in order to be successful. Exercises will be placed at the students' disposal in the lecture notes and on Toledo. As a result, the students will be able to evaluate their knowledge of the matter by means of the solutions. Exercises not dealt with in lectures and tuition may be handed in, in order to be corrected.
The coursematerial is available on Toledo.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Statistics for Business 2 (B-KUL-H70032)
Explanation
The course assessment is a written exam. The exam consists mostly of exercises and it can contain some smaller theoretical questions. The exercises are comparable to the exercises that are solved in the classes. A good working knowledge of the course topics and the methods that are used is necessary to pass the exam.
A self-made formula (one A4 both sides used) and the ICT used during the lessons are allowed during the exam. ICT is a device helping to obtain but not offering the solution. In other words, the solution must be written down on the exam paper in well-explained, comprehensible steps (this will be demonstrated in the formal lectures and tuitions).
Information about retaking exams
The evaluation methods during the first and second exam opportunities are identical.
ECTS International Economics (B-KUL-HBA83B)
Aims
3.e On the macro-economic level, interprets and analyses the behaviour of the different economic agents on the various domestic and foreign markets.
3.f Analyses and underpins in a graphic and model-based way, the most important theories of international trade and the most important tools for trade policy, and estimates their consequences for consumers, organisations and governments.
Previous knowledge
If you want to follow this course, it is advisable to have completed the following courses first: ‘Managerial Economics’ and ‘Macro-Economics and Economic Policy’
Identical courses
HBH22E: Internationale economie
HLH82A: Internationale economie
HBA26C: International Economics
Y00938: Internationale economie
Is included in these courses of study
- Bachelor of Business Administration (Brussels) 180 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Kedge (incoming) (Brussels et al) 242 ects.
- Preparatory Programme: Master of Business Administration (Programme for students started before 2023-2024) (Brussels) 90 ects.
- Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Economics and Business (Brussels)
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (outgoing) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Bachelor of Business Administration: Double Degree Galway (incoming) (Brussels et al) 240 ects.
- Preparatory Programme: Master of Business Administration (Programme for students started in 2023-2024 or later) (Brussels) 75 ects.
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
International Economics (B-KUL-HBA83b)
Content
Chapter 1: Introduction
Chapter 2: World Trade: An Overview
Chapter 3: Labor Productivity and Comparative Advantage: The Ricardian Model
Chapter 4: Specific Factors and Income Distribution
Chapter 5: Resources and Trade: The Heckscher-Ohlin Model
Chapter 6: External Economies of Scale and the International Location of Production
Chapter 7: Firms in the Global Economy: Export Decisions, Outsourcing, and Multinational Enterprises
Chapter 8: The Instruments of Trade Policy
Chapter 9: The Political Economy of Trade Policy
Chapter 10: Trade Policy in Developing Countries
Chapter 11: Controversies in Trade Policy
Course material
Krugman, P., Obstfeld, M., Melitz, M. (2022) International Trade: Theory and Policy, 12th edition
Format: more information
Blended learning
The course will be a combination of both recorded lectures to convey knowledge as well as on campus lectures that provide room for interaction, reflection, excercices and Q&As.
Is also included in other courses
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: International Economics (B-KUL-H71995)
Explanation
Determination of the final grades
- Correction for guessing will be applied when correcting the multiple choice exam.
- The grades are determined by the lecturer as communicated via Toledo and stated in the examination schedule. The result is calculated and communicated as a whole number on a scale of 20.
Second examination opportunity
The features of the evaluation and determination of grades are identical to those of the first examination opportunity, as described above.
ECTS Management humain (USL) (B-KUL-HBH85E)
Objectifs
Cette partie de la formation contribue aux résultats d’apprentissage suivants :
L’étudiant...
Analyse l’environnement dans lequel une organisation est active et évalue l’influence des facteurs environnementaux sur le fonctionnement de l’organisation (1.a)
Élabore, sur la base de l’analyse d’un problème économique (d’entreprise), une proposition de solution en ligne avec la stratégie de l’organisation (1.c)
Comprend les théories et concepts de base de chaque domaine de management, et plus particulièrement ceux concernant les activités financières, opérationnelles, commerciales et organisationnelles et est capable de les appliquer lors de la résolution de problèmes relatifs à l'économie de l’entreprise (2.a).
Établit une distinction entre les différentes manières dont les activités et processus sont mis en place, structurés et gérés au sein d’organisations (2.b) et les clarifie.
Comprend et étaye pour chaque domaine de management l’importance critique pour une organisation fructueuse et la cohérence avec d’autres domaines de management (2.c).
Élabore dans les différents domaines de management des propositions pour la mise en œuvre d'une stratégie organisationnelle spécifique, en analyse les conséquences d'un regard critique et formule, sur la base de cette analyse, des propositions pour orienter la stratégie de l’organisation (2.d).
Clarifie les processus et instruments RH en termes de flux entrant, flux interne et flux sortant de personnel au sein d'organisations et met au jour les liens entre eux (2.n)
Démontre comment les processus et instruments des RH peuvent avoir une influence sur le fonctionnement d'un individu, d'un groupe et d'une organisation (2.o).
Analyse les questions dans différents domaines de gestion à l’aide des théories, concepts et modèles adéquats et formule une proposition de solution scientifiquement fondée (2.t).
Utilise des connaissances des sciences humaines pour la résolution de problèmes relatifs à l'économie de l’entreprise (4.d).
Évalue d'un regard critique des informations et données (scientifiques) et les structure et les traite en vue de la résolution d'un problème économique (d’entreprise) pertinent pour la pratique (7.d).
Élabore un argumentaire logique et cohérent à propos des choix effectués lors de la résolution d'un problème économique (d’entreprise) pertinent pour la pratique (8.d).
Fait le lien de façon étayée entre les aspects psychosociaux et éthiques et la réalité de l’économie de l’entreprise (12.b).
Intègre des valeurs de durabilité dans l’analyse de problèmes économiques (d’entreprise) et propose des solutions tenant compte de ces valeurs (12d)
Explication
Cette partie de la formation a pour but de faire comprendre aux étudiants le fonctionnement et l’utilisation de personnes au sein d'organisations. Nous tentons à cet égard de lever le voile sur a) le comportement des personnes au sein des organisations (« organizational behaviour »), b) l’importance et la fonction de la politique du personnel pour la performance de l’organisation (« strategic human resource management ») et c) la manière dont les principales fonctions RH dans une entreprise peuvent être remplies de manière réfléchie et fondée (« operational human resource management »). Cette partie de la formation se concentre sur trois niveaux : (1) l’individu au sein de l’organisation, (2) des groupes et équipes au sein de l’organisation et (3) le système de l’organisation. Des concepts et modèles théoriques (concernant par exemple la motivation) sont appliqués à des situations de travail et utilisés pour poser des choix réfléchis et fondés concernant les fonctions de base du HRM (recrutement & sélection, évaluation, rémunération et développement). Cette approche permet aux étudiants de comprendre la manière dont les organisations peuvent influencer le comportement des travailleurs en fonction de l’efficacité de l’organisation, d’une part, et du bien-être et des opportunités de développement des travailleurs d’autre part.
À la fin de cette partie de la formation, l'étudiant est capable :
De décrire l'intérêt des travailleurs (de leurs attitudes et comportement), des pratiques en matière du personnel, le leadership et la structure organisationnelle d'une organisation ;
De décrire ce que signifient les différents comportements et attitudes des travailleurs, pratiques en matière du personnel, styles de leadership et structures organisationnelles ;
De comprendre les liens entre pratiques en matière du personnel, leadership et structure organisationnelle ;
De comprendre comment des pratiques du personnel, le leadership et une structure organisationnelle ont une influence sur le fonctionnement des travailleurs et de l’organisation ;
D’expliquer et d'intégrer des concepts théoriques et résultats d’études scientifiques portant sur les comportements et attitudes des travailleurs, pratiques en matière du personnel, leadership et structure organisationnelle ,
D’analyser de manière systématique et critique des problèmes pratiques liés au personnel (à des pratiques en matière de personnel), au leadership et/ou à la structure organisationnelle et de formuler une proposition de solution ;
De réfléchir de manière critique à des thèmes issus de la matière.
Connaissances préalables
Pour cette partie de la formation, il est recommandé d’avoir déjà suivi les parties de formation suivantes : psychologie et gestion d’entreprise.
Ce cours est inclus dans
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Management humain (USL) (B-KUL-HBH85e)
Management humain 2 (B-KUL-HBH85a)
Contenu
Les étudiants de la KU Leuven endossent le rôle de parrain/marraine vis-à-vis des étudiants de l’USL entrants. Les étudiants de la KU Leuven informent également les étudiants en première année de bachelor de l’offre du trajet USL.
Explanation language of instruction
Dans le cadre de la partie de formation Management humain, la mission est réalisée en français.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Management humain (USL) (B-KUL-H74993)
Explications
OLA Management humain (USL) (5 crédits) : modalités d'évaluation, voir fiche USL
OLA Management humain 2 (1 crédit) : la mission et la présentation sont évaluées à l’aide d'un résultat réussite/échec.
Deuxième opportunité d'examen: égal à la première opportunité d'examen
N’hésitez pas à contacter votre professeur de la KU Leuven: Tom Verbeke
ECTS Marketing (USL) (B-KUL-HBH86E)
Objectifs
Cette partie de la formation contribue aux résultats d’apprentissage suivants :
L’étudiant...
Analyse l’environnement dans lequel une organisation est active et évalue l’influence des facteurs environnementaux sur le fonctionnement de l’organisation (1.a)
Comprend les théories et concepts de base de chaque domaine de management, et plus particulièrement ceux concernant les activités financières, opérationnelles, commerciales et organisationnelles et est capable de les appliquer lors de la résolution de problèmes relatifs à l'économie de l’entreprise (2.a).
Comprend des théories et concepts de base du marketing management concernant le marketing de la relation client (ou customer relationship marketing), la valeur client, la satisfaction de la clientèle, le capital client et les applique à la résolution de problèmes relatifs à l'économie de l’entreprise (2.a.1)
Formule et évalue d'un regard critique les objectifs et instruments d’un planning et d'une stratégie marketing (2.l)
Analyse l’impact des décisions marketing au niveau du marché, de l’organisation et du consommateur (2.m).
Décèle l'impact de facteurs environnementaux régionaux, nationaux et internationaux sur la politique de l’entreprise et évalue la complexité de l’opération dans un environnement international en élaborant une stratégie (3.a).
Analyse pour les principales formes de marché la formation du prix et les différentes stratégies de prix (3.b)
Analyse le fonctionnement d’organisations et marchés en rapport avec la société et les acteurs qui la composent (4.c)
Utilise des connaissances des sciences humaines pour la résolution de problèmes relatifs à l'économie de l’entreprise (4.d).
Décrit, dans le cadre d'un dialogue constructif avec l’accompagnateur (les accompagnateurs) et tout en jouissant d'une autonomie suffisante, clairement le problème, délimite les objectifs de la recherche et en extrait des questions de recherche concrètes pour un problème économique (d’entreprise) pertinent pour la pratique (6.a).
Le cours aborde les fondements du marketing dans un environnement B2C et B2B. Lors de ce cours, le processus marketing d'une entreprise est exploré étape par étape, la création de valeur pour le client étant centrale. Les étudiants sont familiarisés avec la philosophie de la pensée orientée marché et acquièrent de larges connaissances générales sur les différentes activités marketing organisées au sein d’entreprises (contemporaines). Ce cours offre également les bases nécessaires à des cours de management et de marketing plus spécialisés.
Objectifs principaux de cette partie de la formation
1 Est capable de faire le lien entre la théorie et la pratique ;
2 Comprend les différents aspects de management de l’exploitation d'une entreprise et les liens qui les unissent ;
3 Dispose de connaissances fonctionnelles concernant les sciences humaines qui permettent de replacer les phénomènes commerciaux et économiques dans un contexte personnel et social plus large ;
4 Est capable de mener un débat sur les évolutions dans le domaine et d'évaluer les conséquences pour la société ;
5 Manifeste un intérêt pour l’actualité sociale et est prêt à acquérir de vastes connaissances sociales générales ;
6 Est capable de replacer un problème dans son contexte ;
7 L’étudiant est capable de lire et de comprendre sur le plan théorique un article scientifique relevant du domaine du marketing.
Ce cours est inclus dans
Onderwijsleeractiviteiten
Marketing (USL) (B-KUL-HBH86e)
Marketing 2 (B-KUL-HBH86a)
Contenu
Les étudiants de la KU Leuven endossent le rôle de parrain/marraine vis-à-vis des étudiants de l’USL entrants. Les étudiants de la KU Leuven informent également les étudiants en première année de bachelor de l’offre du trajet USL.
Explanation language of instruction
Dans le cadre de la partie de formation Marketing, la mission est réalisée en français.
Evaluatieactiviteiten
Evaluation: Marketing (USL) (B-KUL-H74994)
Explications
OLA Marketing (USL) (5 crédits) : modalités d'évaluation : voir fiche USL
OLA Marketing (1 crédit) : la mission et la présentation sont évaluées à l’aide d'un résultat réussite/échec.
Deuxième opportunité d'examen: égal à la première opportunité d'examen
N’hésitez pas à contacter votre professeur de la KU Leuven: Tom Verbeke